Skip to main content

Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

Degree:

Credits:
30 ects

Adaptive Engineering, Autumn 2024
Code
(ÖH24FLEX-ING)
Battery Competence
Code
(ÖH23BK)

Adaptive Engineering, Autumn 2023
Code
(ÖH23FLEX-ING)
Adaptive Engineering, Autumn 2022
Code
(ÖH22FLEX-ING)
Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 29.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

- The course covers the basic concepts in electrical safety, electricity, electric motors and electrical installations.
- Students learn the central concepts and dangers that electricity can bring

Content

- Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
- Potential and voltage, current and resistance
Ohm's law
Kirchhoff's laws
- Electrical power and energy
- Alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
3-phase
Frequency
- Electric motors
Asynchronous motors
Synchronous motors
DC motors
- Electrical safety
- Electrical installation
Fuses
Residual current protection
Color marking of conductors

Location and time

Weeks 36 - 41

Materials

Compendium and textbook.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Practical calculation
Simulations
Self studies
Home exercises

Exam schedules

Week 41.

Completion alternatives

Written exam with possibility to get extra points from the home exercises.

Student workload

Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education. Six weeks with three two-hour lectures per week.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can solve simple calculations using Ohm's law, power law and Coulomb's law
- Knows the difference between AC voltage and DC voltage
- Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
- Knows the main types of electric motors
- Knows basic things about electrical safety
- Knows the color marking of conductors in electrical installations in buildings

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can calculate replacement resistance for series and parallel connected resistors
- Can calculate potential in circuits
- Can describe in more detail the difference between different types of electric motors
- Has a more detailed understanding of electrical safety
- Knows the role of a fuse and a residual current device in an electrical installation
- Understands the placement of the phases from a geometric perspective

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors
- Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits

Assessment methods and criteria

The written exam has four questions with six points each. A total of 24 points. All questions are calculations.
Six points in a task require complete calculation with the right values ​​and the right answer.
Points are given for correct thinking, carelessness gives deductions.
The home exercises can give a maximum of six points extra.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 8 points from the written exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 8 - 11,5 points.
Grade 2: 12 - 15,5 points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 16 - 19,5 points.
Grade 4: 20 - 23,5 points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

24 points and more.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 29.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 29.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

- The course covers the basic concepts in electrical safety, electricity, electric motors and electrical installations.
- Students learn the central concepts and dangers that electricity can bring

Content

- Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
- Potential and voltage, current and resistance
Ohm's law
Kirchhoff's laws
- Electrical power and energy
- Alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
3-phase
Frequency
- Electric motors
Asynchronous motors
Synchronous motors
DC motors
- Electrical safety
- Electrical installation
Fuses
Residual current protection
Color marking of conductors

Location and time

Weeks 36 - 41

Materials

Compendium and textbook.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Practical calculation
Simulations
Self studies
Home exercises

Exam schedules

Week 41.

Completion alternatives

Written exam with possibility to get extra points from the home exercises.

Student workload

Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education. Six weeks with three two-hour lectures per week.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can solve simple calculations using Ohm's law, power law and Coulomb's law
- Knows the difference between AC voltage and DC voltage
- Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
- Knows the main types of electric motors
- Knows basic things about electrical safety
- Knows the color marking of conductors in electrical installations in buildings

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can calculate replacement resistance for series and parallel connected resistors
- Can calculate potential in circuits
- Can describe in more detail the difference between different types of electric motors
- Has a more detailed understanding of electrical safety
- Knows the role of a fuse and a residual current device in an electrical installation
- Understands the placement of the phases from a geometric perspective

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors
- Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits

Assessment methods and criteria

The written exam has four questions with six points each. A total of 24 points. All questions are calculations.
Six points in a task require complete calculation with the right values ​​and the right answer.
Points are given for correct thinking, carelessness gives deductions.
The home exercises can give a maximum of six points extra.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 8 points from the written exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 8 - 11,5 points.
Grade 2: 12 - 15,5 points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 16 - 19,5 points.
Grade 4: 20 - 23,5 points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

24 points and more.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 01.04.2025

Timing

25.03.2025 - 13.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

- The course covers the basic concepts in electrical safety, electricity, electric motors and electrical installations.
- Students learn the central concepts and dangers that electricity can bring

Content

- Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
- Potential and voltage, current and resistance
Ohm's law
Kirchhoff's laws
- Electrical power and energy
- Alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
3-phase
Frequency
- Electric motors
Asynchronous motors
Synchronous motors
DC motors
- Electrical safety
- Electrical installation
Fuses
Residual current protection
Color marking of conductors

Materials

Course notes or similar material with theory and exercises
Course literature

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can solve simple calculations using Ohm's law, power law and Coulomb's law
- Knows the difference between AC voltage and DC voltage
- Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
- Knows the main types of electric motors
- Knows basic things about electrical safety
- Knows the color marking of conductors in electrical installations in buildings

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can calculate replacement resistance for series and parallel connected resistors
- Can calculate potential in circuits
- Can describe in more detail the difference between different types of electric motors
- Has a more detailed understanding of electrical safety
- Knows the role of a fuse and a residual current device in an electrical installation
- Understands the placement of the phases from a geometric perspective

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors
- Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 31.01.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • IT23 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ET24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S
  • IT23
  • ET24

Objective

After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

Content

Energy use in Finland and globally
Energy sources and energy production
Energy engineering apparatus
Energy conversion, storage and transport
Fuels and combustion technology
Combustion engines and other heat engines
Power production
Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
Energy economy

Location and time

Autumn-Winter 2024 Place: Vaasa Campus
Lectures in class are held in Novia according to the schedule in Peppi/Tuudo.

The time for submission of assessed material and any additional materials is within the lecture lesson schedule - or no later than two weeks after the last lesson.

Materials

Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

Teaching methods

Competence objectives of the study unit
After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

Format of delivery
Lectures, and directed self-study

Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

Exam schedules

Moodle and in-class directed exams (x4) are held at week intervals

Final exam to be held in 48 with resit exam held in 49

Final resit exam to be held January 2025

Student workload

3 ETCS = 81 hours

Contact teaching ~ 20 hr
Independent studying and preparation ~ 60 hr

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

Assessment methods and criteria

The following criteria are used for evaluation:

1. Moodle in-class multichoice and directed study exam(s) - account for 50% of the grade
2. Final exam - account for 50% of the grade

The course grade is based on the total % from these components

Students are able to assess their progress as they complete the course

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<40% of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40-59% (=1) or 60-69% (=2) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-79% (=3) or 80-89% (=4) of the maximum number of credits earned in the examination respectively

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100% (=5) of the maximum number of credits earned in the examination respectively

Qualifications

Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 26.01.2025

Timing

08.01.2025 - 22.01.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Mats Borg
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH24FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

Content

Energy use in Finland and globally
Energy sources and energy production
Energy engineering apparatus
Energy conversion, storage and transport
Fuels and combustion technology
Combustion engines and other heat engines
Power production
Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
Energy economy

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

Qualifications

Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Mats Borg
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

Content

Energy use in Finland and globally
Energy sources and energy production
Energy engineering apparatus
Energy conversion, storage and transport
Fuels and combustion technology
Combustion engines and other heat engines
Power production
Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
Energy economy

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

Qualifications

Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 16.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-Y2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y1
  • ELA24-S1
  • ELA24-Y2
  • ELA24-S2

Objective

The student:
- knows the most common components in the analog electronics.
- knows the benefits of simulation tools.

Content

- passive components
- semiconductor materials
- diodes
- transistors
- operational amplifier

Location and time

10.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.
Recommended additional reading:
Analog elektronik; Molin, Bengt

Teaching methods

Lectures
Calculation exercises
Simulation exercises
Laboratory exercises
Self studies

Exam schedules

The exam is arranged in week 17.

Completion alternatives

Written exam, 33.3 % for approved course grade.
Mandatory attendance at the practical exercises (in TB).
Diagnostic tests (may increase course grade only on approved course exam).

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/calculation exercises/exam 28 hours and laboratory exercises 8 hours.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knowing the commonly used components in analog electronics
Knowing p- and n- doped material
Know the most common integrated components

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can examine basic circuits with discrete components
Knowing the theory of the pn-junction
Can examine basic circuits with integrated components

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can design basic circuits with discrete components
Know the working principle of discrete semiconductor components
Can design basic circuits with integrated components

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam + laboratory work
For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (three occasions are arranged).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

Basics in Electrical Engineering - DC

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 26.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A

Objective

The student:
- knows the field effect transistor
- knows the properties of the operational amplifier
- knows passive and active filters
- knows how to calculate the thermal resistance of a component.

Content

- signal amplifier
- power calculation
- passive filters
- active filters
- circuit simulation program

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know the characteristics of the operational amplifiers
Know the principles of power calculation for active components
Can examine passive filters

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know the principles of the transistor amplifiers
Can calculate power losses in active components
Can examine active filters

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can examine advanced amplifier circuits
Know the principles of dimensioning cooling of components
Can design filters according to given specifications

Qualifications

Analog electronics

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 23.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A

Objective

The student:
- understands the basic physical and chemical principles of the process systems
- is able to execute basic dimension analysis
- understands and is able to execute basic balance equation calculations
- has a basic understanding of the basic principles of common unit processes and transport processes
- is able to read simple P&I diagrams
- knows the basics of classification of and instrumentation in explosive areas.

Content

- basic principles of process systems
- dimension analysis
- balance equations
- mass balances
- energy balances
- heat transfer
- pipe flow system
- unit processes
- explosive areas and related standards

Location and time

Vaasa, spring 2025

Materials

- Relevant course literature
- Standards

Teaching methods

Lectures
Assignments
Individual studies

Student workload

approx. 80 work hours

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student:
- has basic skills in basic dimension calculations in process systems
- is able to execute basic mass and energy balance calculations
- has basic skills in material transport in process systems
- has basic skills in heat transfer in process systems
- has basic understanding of explosive areas and related instrumentation.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student:
- has good skills in dimension calculations in process systems
- is able to execute more advanced mass and energy balance calculations
- has good skills in the principles of material transport in process systems
- has good skills in the principles of heat transfer in process systems
- has good skills in the principles of explosive areas and related instrumentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student:
- has excellent skills in dimension calculations in process systems
- is able to execute complex mass and energy balance calculations
- has excellent skills in the principles of material transport in process systems
- has excellent skills in the principles of heat transfer in process systems
- has excellent skills in the principles of explosive areas and related instrumentation.

Assessment methods and criteria

- Competence in process engineering unit operations
- Competence in various industrial standards, e.g. ATEX/Ex
- Competence in obsolescence management

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-A

Objective

Is familiar with the basic concepts of intelligent systems and neural networks.
Understand the principles of self-learning systems and master relevant concepts regarding autonomous robots.

Content

Robot construction (hardware)
Implementation of autonomous software
Selection of sensors
Optimization of implementation (software and sensors)
Functionality tests
Demonstrations and final tests
Documentation of the implementation and selected algorithms

Location and time

w. 43-50

Materials

Hardware Specific Documentation (Propeller Tutorials)

Teaching methods

Group work and demonstrations
Documentation of algorithms
Documentation of implementation

Exam schedules

Course examination 3 weeks after completion of the course.
Test of autonomous functions.
Submission of documentation according to given deadlines.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods of performance. Requires laboratory equipment.

Student workload

The laboratory task and its documentation is carried out mainly as group work, also outside lecture hours.

Further information

w. 43-50: Two test occasions and a final test.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Is familiar with the basic concepts of intelligent systems
Understands nonlinear systems and neural networks
Understands the principles of self-learning systems
Master relevant concepts in autonomous robots

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is well versed in the basic concepts of intelligent systems
Can utilize neural networks for technical modeling
Is familiar with several different methods for implementing self-learning systems
Can formulate, structure and report a relevant problem regarding autonomous systems or robots

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Owns a deep insight into the basic concepts of intelligent systems and can speculate on future challenges and opportunities
Can perform demanding technical modeling using neural networks
Can program and simulate self-learning systems
Can successfully complete, report and structure a project on autonomous systems or autonomous robots

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The assessment is made on the basis of submitted documentation and the result of the final test occasion.

Qualifications

Microprocessor technology
Applied electronics

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
  • Jenny Rönnqvist-Norrby
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-K (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-E (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A
  • ELA23-K
  • ELA23-E

Objective

The student:
- knows the structure of the battery
- knows different types of batteries
- knows the advantages and disadvantages of different battery types
- knows about energy storage systems with batteries.

Content

Basic basic knowledge of battery technology
Different battery types
Energy storage system
Battery life cycle

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know the basic technology.
Know different battery types.
Know the concepts that describe the storage ability.
Understands the whole, from raw material to recycling.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know different battery technologies and their characteristics.
Know about the pros and cons of different battery types.
Understands the concepts that describe the pros and cons of different energy storage systems.
Know the key factors that affect the life span.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Is well versed in electrochemical principles and their practical significance.
Can select the appropriate battery type based on given specifications.
Can calculate and analyze capacity and charge / and discharge curves.
Master the whole in theory and practice.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

24.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

Timing

24.10.2024 - 07.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Martina Englund-Perälä
  • Boris Ståhl
Teacher in charge

Boris Ståhl

Objective

Student:
- knows the difference in properties of different battery materials
- knows the basic methods of manufacturing anode and cathode with active material in wet or dry format
- knows the different production stages in the manufacture of batteries
- understands the various requirements for cleanliness, moisture control that the various production stages require
- masters the various process and quality parameters for the various production stages

Content

- access to raw materials for battery manufacturing
- manufacture of active anode and cathode material
- manufacture of electrode; mixing of active material, coating, drying, calendering, slitting
- assembly of cell; separation, stacking/winding, welding of contact poles, packaging, filling of electrolyte
- completion of cell; preheating, formation of SEI, degassing, aging of battery cell, testing (EOL) and sorting
- manufacture of battery modules and packs
- production technology and quality control
- manufacturing with requirements for cleanliness and moisture control
- logistics; handling and storage of batteries, handling of dangerous goods, environmental requirements
- safety requirements in the manufacture of batteries

Materials

Materials are provided by the teacher

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student can give an overview of the meaning of basic concepts in the manufacture of electrodes, different production stages, methods of handling, process and quality parameters used in battery manufacturing.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can give a detailed account of the meaning of basic concepts in the manufacture of electrodes, different production stages, methods of handling, process and quality parameters used in battery manufacturing.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can give a comprehensive and nuanced account of the meaning of basic concepts in the manufacture of electrodes, various production stages, methods of handling, process and quality parameters used in battery manufacturing.

Qualifications

None

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- understands and is able to explain basic lighting concepts
- knows the structure and function of light fixtures
- is able to plan lighting for different purposes
- knows control principles for different types of lighting sources
- knows and is able to apply the economic use of lighting
- knows and is able to make basic measurements of illumination
- knows about different requirements that are set for lighting intensity depending on the place of use.

Content

- Basic concepts of lighting
- Structure and function of light fixtures
- Planning of lighting
- Control principles for different types of lighting sources
- Economical use of lighting
- Measurement methods
- Different requirements that are set for lighting intensity depending on the place of use.

Location and time

Classes and laboratory sessions in Technobothnia according to the schedule in Peppi.
Time for submission of laboratory reports and any supplementary information will be communicated during the course through Moodle.

Materials

Compendiums, theses and info from manufacturers of lighting engineering components.

Teaching methods

Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

Exam schedules

The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

Completion alternatives

Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

Student workload

A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class, laboratory sessions, self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know the basics of lighting technology.
Knows different ballasts.
Knows the control principle for different lamp types.
Knows measurement methods for measuring illuminance.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Understands the construction of light fixtures.
Understand why different light sources require different ballasts.
Can explain the control principles for different lamp types.
Knows what lighting forces are required in different spaces.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can plan indoor and outdoor lighting.
Can use different ballasts.
Understands the control principle so that economical use of lighting is possible.
Can plan lighting according to the requirements with the help of computer programs

Assessment methods and criteria

Basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course exam, the laboratory work and the reports. All parts must be passed in order to receive a final grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of the total points or some part of the course work is missing.

Qualifications

The basics of installation technology.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 09.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

Explain the principle of whole crop utilization and the biomass value pyramid
Describe how biobased plastics and biocomposites alternatives can be used
Awareness biomass feedstock process pathway(s)
Differentiate between different forms of biorefinery enterprise
Utilize the Ansoff matrix in conjunction with biobased business development

Content

This introductory online course consists of a number of interconnected modules that underpin the keys themes and technologies essential for the transition to a more sustainable and bio-economic future.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course
material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Rintanen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

After completing the course, students are expected to have knowledge about the design of production-relevant internal combustion engines. They should master the thermodynamic and combustion technology basics as well as constructive aspects of manufacturing methods, material selection, etc.

Furthermore, students should also have knowledge about emission formation from different diesel and otto processes and knowledge about the methods to reduce the emissions.

Content

PART 1: Internal Combustion Engine - fundamentals

1) Introduction to Engine types
2) Design and operating parameters
3) Thermodynamic processes and cycles
4) Thermochemistry of Fuel-Air mixtures
5) Gas Exchange processes
6) Pollutant Formation and Control
7) Modelling and simulation

PART 2: Combustion Technologies

1) Principles
- Burning of gaseous-, liquid-, solid fuels

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student knows:
- different types of engines and working principles
- the main parts of the combustion engine, gas exchange and combustion.
- various thermodynamic processes, properties and calculations.
- how the use of the internal combustion engine in different contexts and disciplines.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student knows how different components and design affect engine performance and emission formation. The student is able to calculate and select significant engine components.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to independently:
- design different IC engine applications.
- design technical solutions that affect the combustion engine.
- Calculate mass forces, torques and vibrations in the internal combustion engine.
- argue for and present different choices of engines and technical solutions.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 29.09.2024

Timing

30.09.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Susanne Österholm
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- can plan and realize a database system
- knows and can perform the tasks of a database administrator
- can implement program code (procedures, functions, triggers) stored inside a database
- knows the basic techniques of "business intelligence".

Content

Installation of database management systems and creating databases.
Advanced SQL.
Code inside databases.
Database administration:
- Users and user rights
- Backup and recovery
- Automation of administrative tasks
- Import and export of data (ETL)
- Performance optimization and the basics of monitoring.
Business Intelligence:
- Reports
- Simple data analysis

Materials

Material on Moodle.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student knows the database administrator's duties.
The student can realize databases containing simple stored procedures, functions and triggers.
The student knows the principles of reporting and data analysis.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can perform the routine tasks of the database administrator.
The student can realize databases with more advanced stored procedures, functions and triggers.
The student can program client applications using server-side code.
The student can realize and use databases for reporting and data analysis.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can plan and configure the database administration for a database server and its databases.
The student can create software for database applications in multi-user environments where transaction management and locking are needed.
The student can plan, implement and use databases for data analysis.

Qualifications

Database programming.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 04.12.2024

Timing

27.11.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Susanne Österholm
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH22FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student:
- knows basic data storage techniques
- understands the relational model and can normalize simple databases.
- masters the use of database management systems both through graphical user interfaces and with a command language.

Content

Introduction to databases.
Concepts and properties.
Database Management Systems.
Relational Theory and Normalization
SQL.

Materials

Material on Moodle.
Additional reading: Ritchie: Database Principles and design.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student knows the history and current state of data storage. The student knows about different types of data warehouses.
The student knows the basic concept of relational theory and how a simpler relational database is constructed.
The student understands why a database in higher normal form is better than a database in lower normal form.
The student can explain the different normal forms,
The student knows and can use simple database commands.
The student can use the graphical user interface of a database management system.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can explain the benefits of relational databases and the structure of the database systems.
The student can use the basic concept of relational theory and describe the structure of a relational database.
The student can normalize a database to 3NF. The student can determine the normal form of a database.
The student knows and can use more advanced database commands.
The student can use a report generator to compose reports from databases.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can compare different data storage techniques with each other.
The student understands the mathematical model on which the relational databases are based.
The student can normalize a more extensive database to 3NF.
The student can independently acquire knowledge of database commands and practically apply this knowledge.
The student can, with graphic tools, create user interfaces for reading and writing databases.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 20.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A
  • ELA23-K

Objective

The student:
- understands what a computer system consists of
- understands the most common basic concepts in computer science
- manages to use the most common commands.

Content

- installation and use of Windows and Linux workstations.
- construction of computer systems, Windows and Linux
- virtualization
- safety, ergonomics and environment
- command prompt
- CPU & Disk speed

Materials

- course compendium
- additional material

Exam schedules

Information on the moodle page for the course

Completion alternatives

Written exam and approved lab reports

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understand what is meant by an operating system and can use a standard operating system.
Know the basic concepts and can use virtualization on workstations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can install and configure an operating system.
Understands the relationship between hypervisor and guest operating system

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can troubleshoot an operating system.
Understands more advanced theory.

Assessment methods and criteria

The review is done with an written exam and approved reports from the practical tasks.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of maximum points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of maximum points.
Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of maximum points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 1: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of maximum points.
Grade 2: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of maximum points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88,8 % of total points.

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 10.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik

Objective

The student:
- understands what a computer system consists of
- understands the most common basic concepts in computer science
- manages to use the most common commands.

Content

- installation and use of Windows and Linux workstations.
- construction of computer systems, Windows and Linux
- virtualization
- safety, ergonomics and environment
- command prompt
- CPU & Disk speed

Materials

- course compendium
- additional material

Exam schedules

Information on the moodle page for the course

Completion alternatives

Written exam and approved lab reports

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understand what is meant by an operating system and can use a standard operating system.
Know the basic concepts and can use virtualization on workstations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can install and configure an operating system.
Understands the relationship between hypervisor and guest operating system

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can troubleshoot an operating system.
Understands more advanced theory.

Assessment methods and criteria

The review is done with an written exam and approved reports from the practical tasks.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of maximum points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of maximum points.
Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of maximum points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 1: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of maximum points.
Grade 2: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of maximum points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88,8 % of total points.

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
  • Lina Åberg
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Scheduling groups
  • PRE24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • PRE24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • PRE24-S
  • PRE24-Y

Objective

The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

Content

- Limit calculations
- Definition of derivatives
- Tangent and linearisation
- Derivation rules
- Extreme value problems
- Second derivative and convexity
- Applications of derivatives in different fields
- Numerical derivation
- Primitive function (antiderivative)
- Definition of integrals
- Integration rules
- Area calculations, volume integrals
- Integral applications from own specialist area
- Numerical integration
- Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

Qualifications

Functions and equations 1,
Geometry and vectors,
Functions and equations 2.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 14.01.2025

Timing

07.01.2025 - 26.01.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

Content

- Limit calculations
- Definition of derivatives
- Tangent and linearisation
- Derivation rules
- Extreme value problems
- Second derivative and convexity
- Applications of derivatives in different fields
- Numerical derivation
- Primitive function (antiderivative)
- Definition of integrals
- Integration rules
- Area calculations, volume integrals
- Integral applications from own specialist area
- Numerical integration
- Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

Qualifications

Functions and equations 1,
Geometry and vectors,
Functions and equations 2.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 11.03.2025

Timing

09.03.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
  • Lina Åberg
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • UIT24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S
  • UIT24

Objective

The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

Content

- Limit calculations
- Definition of derivatives
- Tangent and linearisation
- Derivation rules
- Extreme value problems
- Second derivative and convexity
- Applications of derivatives in different fields
- Numerical derivation
- Primitive function (antiderivative)
- Definition of integrals
- Integration rules
- Area calculations, volume integrals
- Integral applications from own specialist area
- Numerical integration
- Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

Qualifications

Functions and equations 1,
Geometry and vectors,
Functions and equations 2.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Sem Timmerbacka

Scheduling groups
  • BYS24-S (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • BYS24-Y (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • BYL24 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • BYL24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2024 dagstudier
  • BYS24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2024 Vasa, dagstudier
Small groups
  • BYS24-S
  • BYS24-Y
  • BYL24

Objective

The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

Content

- Limit calculations
- Definition of derivatives
- Tangent and linearisation
- Derivation rules
- Extreme value problems
- Second derivative and convexity
- Applications of derivatives in different fields
- Numerical derivation
- Primitive function (antiderivative)
- Definition of integrals
- Integration rules
- Area calculations, volume integrals
- Integral applications from own specialist area
- Numerical integration
- Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

Qualifications

Functions and equations 1,
Geometry and vectors,
Functions and equations 2.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • MAP24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • MAP24-Y
  • MAP24-S

Objective

The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

Content

- Limit calculations
- Definition of derivatives
- Tangent and linearisation
- Derivation rules
- Extreme value problems
- Second derivative and convexity
- Applications of derivatives in different fields
- Numerical derivation
- Primitive function (antiderivative)
- Definition of integrals
- Integration rules
- Area calculations, volume integrals
- Integral applications from own specialist area
- Numerical integration
- Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

Qualifications

Functions and equations 1,
Geometry and vectors,
Functions and equations 2.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 23.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • MAP23-K (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP23-D (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2023 dagstudier
Small groups
  • MAP23-K
  • MAP23-D

Objective

The student :
- understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts
- is able to solve simple first-order differential equations
- is familiar with the method of solving linear second-order differential equations
- is able to use use mathematical software to numerically solve differential equations
- is able to use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

Content

- Derivation rules and primitive functions
- Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear differential equations
- Modeling problems using differential equations
- Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
- Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method
- Solving differential equations using Excel, Mathcad

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Recognizes differential equations.
Can solve simple separable differential equations.
Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can perform simple modeling
Is able to solve separable differential equations and simple linear first-order differential equations.
Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
Is able to use simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can perform more demanding modeling .
Is able to solve first-order differential equations.
Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically using mathematical software.

Qualifications

Functions and Equations 1,
Geometry and Vectors,
Functions and Equations 2,
Derivatives and Integrals.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 25.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Scheduling groups
  • BYS22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • BYS23-P (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • BYS22-P (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • BYS23-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • BYS23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2023 Vasa, dagstudier
  • BYS22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2022 Vasa, dagstudier
Small groups
  • BYS22-K
  • BYS23-P
  • BYS22-P
  • BYS23-K

Objective

The student :
- understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts
- is able to solve simple first-order differential equations
- is familiar with the method of solving linear second-order differential equations
- is able to use use mathematical software to numerically solve differential equations
- is able to use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

Content

- Derivation rules and primitive functions
- Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear differential equations
- Modeling problems using differential equations
- Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
- Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method
- Solving differential equations using Excel, Mathcad

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Recognizes differential equations.
Can solve simple separable differential equations.
Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can perform simple modeling
Is able to solve separable differential equations and simple linear first-order differential equations.
Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
Is able to use simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can perform more demanding modeling .
Is able to solve first-order differential equations.
Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically using mathematical software.

Qualifications

Functions and Equations 1,
Geometry and Vectors,
Functions and Equations 2,
Derivatives and Integrals.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 11.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A
  • ELA23-K

Objective

The student:
- should understand and be able to use differential equations of the first and second order to model and solve technical problems
- be able to understand and describe different types of dynamic processes and set up, solve and visualize simple models in electrical engineering and process technology.

Content

Differential equations to describe and model different dynamic processes.
Solution of first and second order linear differential equations.
Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations with Euler's method.
Step response of RL, RC and RLC circuits.
Transient and stationary currents and voltages.
Simulation tool (matlab) for dynamic processes.

Materials

Material on Moodle and web-based material.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understands the concept of a dynamic process. Can provide a qualitative picture of a simple dynamic process, e.g. step response of a RL- or RC-circuit.
Can provide a qualitative description of the process when connecting DC voltage to RL, RC or RLC circuit.
Knows MatLab as a tool for the analysis of dynamic processes.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can derive the differential equation for a simple dynamic process, e.g. connection of direct voltage to a RL‐
or RC circuit.
Can use a table to give a quantitative description of the process when connecting similar and alternating voltage to RL, RC or RLC circuit.
Can use MatLab as a tool for analysis of dynamic processes

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can derive the differential equation for more complex dynamic processes, e.g. connection of direct voltage to
RLC circuit or connection of AC voltage to RL, RC and RLC circuit.
Can solve differential equations describing dynamic processes.
Is well familiar with the use of MatLab as a tool in the analysis of dynamic processes.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 29.09.2024

Timing

23.09.2024 - 10.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

Knowledge and understanding
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- describe how Boolean algebra can be applied in digital circuit contexts
- analyze and simplify logic circuits
- describe the difference between digital components and low-level programs

Skills and Abilities
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- plan and realize simple digital circuits
- use the rules for simplifying circuits
- create simple low-level programs and macros

Evaluation ability and Approach
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- perform relevant selections of components and logical building blocks
- justify the choice of digital solution

Content

Number systems, codes and number conversion.
Logical algebra and gate circuits.
Logical functions and combinatorics.
Locking signals.
Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
Digital flip-flops.
Basics of Assembler programming.

Location and time

Weeks.39-45
Wolffskavägen 3

Materials

Course compendium
Supplementary material

Teaching methods

Lectures/Supervised teaching
Simulations
Self studies

Exam schedules

Course examination three weeks after completing the course.
Theory exam w. 44-45.
Submission of laboratory assignments according to given deadlines

Student workload

In addition to participating in the lecture and laboratory sessions, the course requires active own work.
The initial theory of number systems and transformation, as well as Boolean logic, requires abundant own work for complete understanding.
The laboratory tasks and their documentation are carried out mainly in class, but also outside lecture hours.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is assessed according to exam results and assignments.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 40% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% - 63% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

64% - 87% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 88% of the course credits.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-Y2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y1
  • ELA24-S1
  • ELA24-Y2
  • ELA24-S2

Objective

The student is able to:
- describe how Boolean algebra can be applied in digital circuit contexts
- analyze and simplify logic circuits
- explain the function of Interrupts in programming contexts
- plan and realize simple digital circuits
- write simpler programs for a microcontroller
- perform relevant selections of components, logical building blocks and program structures
- justify the choice of digital solution (circuit or program)

Content

Number systems, codes and number conversion.
Logical algebra and gate circuits.
Logical functions and combinatorics.
Locking signals.
Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
Digital flip-flops.
555's internal function and its applications.
The basics of microcontroller technology.
Low level programming in Assembler.

Location and time

w. 36-51

Materials

Own compendium.
Hardware specific datasheets.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises
Simulations
Laboratory work

Exam schedules

Theory exam at the end of period 1
Assignments

Completion alternatives

Tutorials on the theory sections.
Attendance requirements regarding laboratory work.

Student workload

The course is held with equal load during periods 1 and 2.

Content scheduling

Period 1 is theory focused and period 2 is more practical.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.
Possesses general basic knowledge of processors and programming.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.
Have a good understanding of the basic processor technology and can apply the principles of creating simple programs.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.
Has excellent understanding of the basic processor technology and can independently create simple programs.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is assessed according to exam results and assignments.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 40% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% - 63% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

64% - 87% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 88% of the course credits.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

The student is able to:
- describe how Boolean algebra can be applied in digital circuit contexts
- analyze and simplify logic circuits
- explain the function of Interrupts in programming contexts
- plan and realize simple digital circuits
- write simpler programs for a microcontroller
- perform relevant selections of components, logical building blocks and program structures
- justify the choice of digital solution (circuit or program)

Content

Number systems, codes and number conversion.
Logical algebra and gate circuits.
Logical functions and combinatorics.
Locking signals.
Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
Digital flip-flops.
555's internal function and its applications.
The basics of microcontroller technology.
Low level programming in Assembler.

Location and time

w. 36-51

Materials

Own compendium.
Hardware specific datasheets.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises
Simulations
Laboratory work

Exam schedules

Theory exam at the end of period 1
Assignments

Completion alternatives

Tutorials on the theory sections.
Attendance requirements regarding laboratory work.

Student workload

The course is held with equal load during periods 1 and 2.

Content scheduling

Period 1 is theory focused and period 2 is more practical.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.
Possesses general basic knowledge of processors and programming.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.
Have a good understanding of the basic processor technology and can apply the principles of creating simple programs.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.
Has excellent understanding of the basic processor technology and can independently create simple programs.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is assessed according to exam results and assignments.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 40% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% - 63% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

64% - 87% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 88% of the course credits.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 19.01.2025

Timing

20.01.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Shiva Sharma
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-E (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ET24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-E
  • ET24

Objective

Knowledge and understanding
After completing the course, the student should be able to
- Knows the theory and the principle of distributed energy systems.
- Understand requirement of electric grid and micro-grid.
- Understands fundamentals of peak shaving and self-consumption optimization.
- Work with Modelling tool TRNSYS

Skills and Abilities
After completing the course, student should be able to:
- Design Model of energy exchange between building envelope and the surrounding
- Understand basics skills of control and monitoring systems.
- Use, describe and visualize facts from existing references documents.
- Understand safety issues related to distributed energy systems.

Evaluation Ability and Approach
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- Model energy exchange between building envelope and the surrounding using TRNSYS
- Select relevant technology based on application.

Content

Generation, transmission, distribution and consumption
Energy Supply Security
Distributed Power Generations/Smart Grids/Microgrids
Energy Efficiency/Energy storage
Introduction to Transient System Simulation Tool (TRNSYS)
Building Energy simulations

Materials

Course documentation, relevant teaching materials and reference documents found in Moodle

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, good (3)

60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 23.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- understands the configuration and use of supervision, control and automation systems for the electrical power process
- understands the tasks and configuration of the components in an automation system for power distribution
- knows the main actors and their functions of the power distribution process
- has the practical skills required to configure a SCADA-system for power distribution systems.

Content

- the electrical power process and its need for supervision and control systems
- functionality of the systems
- system components and building blocks
- system types and configurations
- SCADA systems
- selecting systems

Location and time

Spring 2025, Vaasa

Materials

Relevant course literature
System manuals

Teaching methods

- Lectures
- Exercises
- Project work
- Individual studies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Concerning systems types, knows different system types.
Concerning layout and function, knows the basic principles.
Concerning control rooms, knows the function.
Concerning communications, knows the principles.
Concerning selecting system, knows the principles.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Concerning systems types, is able to make use of different system types.
Concerning layout and function, understands and can make use of the functionality of different system types.
Concerning control rooms, knows the control room functionality.
Concerning communications, is acquainted with how different communication systems can be used.
Concerning selecting system, is able to select equipment for basic system applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Concerning systems types, is able to specify different system types.
Concerning layout and function, is able to plan and configure the functionality of different system types.
Concerning control rooms, is able to plan layout and functionality.
Concerning communications, knows the principles of layout and configuration.
Concerning selecting system, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced systsem applications.

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 16.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • UIT24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S
  • UIT24

Objective

The student:
- can use spreadsheet programs in a variety of ways.
- can automate routines by using a spreadsheet program.
- masters the built-in programming capabilities of a spreadsheet program.

Content

Rehearsal of spreadsheet programs
Built in programming capabilities:
- Editor
- Objects, Collections, Properties, Methods
- The programming language
- Procedures and functions
- Exceptions
- Event-oriented programming
- User Forms
- Diagrams
- Connections to other programs
- Import and export of data

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student knows the possibility of macro programming as well as procedural programming.
The student can read and write spreadsheets with code and can make simple calculations on the computer.
The student can write program code that includes selections and iterations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can write program code that includes coding functions and function calls.
The student can modify, verify, search and sort data in a spreadsheet with code.
The student can write code to import and export text data.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

he student can build customized user interfaces for the calculation.
The student can solve calculation problems with macro programming.

Qualifications

Applied Data Tools.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

01.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

The student:
- can use spreadsheet programs in a variety of ways.
- can automate routines by using a spreadsheet program.
- masters the built-in programming capabilities of a spreadsheet program.

Content

Rehearsal of spreadsheet programs
Built in programming capabilities:
- Editor
- Objects, Collections, Properties, Methods
- The programming language
- Procedures and functions
- Exceptions
- Event-oriented programming
- User Forms
- Diagrams
- Connections to other programs
- Import and export of data

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student knows the possibility of macro programming as well as procedural programming.
The student can read and write spreadsheets with code and can make simple calculations on the computer.
The student can write program code that includes selections and iterations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can write program code that includes coding functions and function calls.
The student can modify, verify, search and sort data in a spreadsheet with code.
The student can write code to import and export text data.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

he student can build customized user interfaces for the calculation.
The student can solve calculation problems with macro programming.

Qualifications

Applied Data Tools.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 31.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S

Objective

The student:
- knows the basics of electric fields
- knows the basics of magnetic fields.

Content

- electric fields
- magnetic field
- magnetic circuits
- electromagnetic induction

Location and time

28.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Calculation exercises
Self studies

Exam schedules

The first exam (Electrostatic fields) is arranged week 46.
The second exam (Electromagnetic fields) is arranged week 50.

Completion alternatives

Two written exams

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exams 36 hours (weeks 44 - 50).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Electrostatic fields: Know the basic quantities and units.
Magnetic fields: Know the basic quantities and units.
Electromagnetic induction: Know the basic quantities and units.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know about the physical connections between basic variables in electrical engineering.
Can calculate magnetic fields in vacuum.
Know the principles of electromagnetic induction and its technical applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can use the theory of electrostatic fields to solve problems in electrical engineering.
Can calculate magnetic fields in magnetic materials.
Know the basic operating principle for transformers, motors and generators.

Assessment methods and criteria

Two written exams (33.3% for approved course grade in both parts). Maximum three attempts/exam.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

Mechanics, Geometry and Vectors.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-K

Objective

To know different basic standards that apply to electric motors.
To be able to understand manufacturing according to norms and regulations.
To know and be able to apply principles for the control and regulation of electric motors.
Being able to design motors and drive systems for different types of drives.
To know and be able to explain inverters and their impact on the electricity grid and the performance of the motors in varying operations.
To know and be able to apply principles for the protection of electric motors.
Knowing principles for different types of protective relays.
To know and be able to use the protection values setting values.

Content

Standards applicable to electric motors.
Manufacture according to norms and regulations.
Principles for the control and regulation of electric motors.
Design of motors and drive systems for different types of drives.
Converters and their effect on the electricity grid and the motors' performance in varying operations.
Principles for the protection of electric motors.
Principles for different types of protective relays.
Setting relay setting values.

Location and time

Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to schedule in Peppi during weeks 36 to 50.
Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of the last laboratory session.

Materials

Technical information from manufacturers of electric motors, mainly from ABB.
Degree projects that deal with the theories that the course covers.
Compendiums by the course leader

Teaching methods

Lectures, arithmetic exercises, self-study and laboratory work.
Information is provided via Moodle for the course.

Exam schedules

The times for two partial exams and any extra exams are determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of the last laboratory session.

Completion alternatives

Assessment of theoretical tests and the laboratory work and its reports.

Student workload

A total of 162 hours divided into lessons in class, laboratory sessions, self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows different standards that affect the production of electric machines.
Know the principles of governance and regulation.
Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid.
Knows and can use different types of protective relays

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know about different standards and how they affect the production of electric machines.
Know the principles of governance and regulation.
Can design drive systems for a specific engine operation.
Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid and can explain how to counteract the negative effect.
Knows and can calculate appropriate setting values for different types of protection relays.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Know about different standards and how they affect the production of electric machines.
Know the principles of control and regulation and can apply this to a specific operation.
Can design drive systems for a specific engine operation.
Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid and can explain how to counteract the negative effect.
Knows and can calculate appropriate setting values for different types of protection relays.
Can calculate setting values for demanding engine operation.

Assessment methods and criteria

The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course exams. The course exam consist of questions that are answered in writing and of calculations.
All exams must be approved.
The laboratory work and the reports are also assessed.
Total number of points from the partial exams = 40 p.
Total number of points from the labs = 20 p.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 30% of the points in any written exam or an unapproved lab.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 16 points in total
Grade 2: 26 points in total

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 34 points in total
Grade 4: 42 points in total

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 50 points in total

Qualifications

Energy production, Rotating Electrical Machines

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
  • Johnny Haga
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- knows the principles of different electricity prices and tariffs and be able to make simple cost estimates
- knows the structure of electricity distribution networks
- understands and is able to calculate voltage drops, overloads, short circuits and various disturbances in the electricity grid
- is able to design conductors taking into account the permissible load, voltage drop and short-circuit resistance
- is able to calculate the need for phase compensation
- knows the principle of different types of protection
- knows and is able to describe different grounding systems
- is able to explain and calculate earth slopes in isolated networks
- knows the methods for inspections, checks and measurements

Content

Electricity prices and different tariffs.
Construction of electricity distribution networks.

Voltage drop, overload, short circuit and various disturbances in the mains.
Design of conductors.
Phase compensation.
The principle of different types of protection.
Earthing systems
Groundings in isolated grids.
Inspections, checks and measurements.

Materials

Compendia of course coordinator.
Compendiums, lectures and information available on the Internet.
Degree projects available.
Information from manufacturers and sellers of electrical equipment.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know the principles of electricity distribution.
Knows about network construction and principle diagrams.
Knows about the effect of the reactive power on the net.
Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary consumers.
Can calculate voltage drop in mains.
Can measure ground resistance.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know the principles and methods of electricity distribution.
Can design low voltage networks.
Can calculate components for phase compensation.
Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary and special consumers.
Can calculate voltage drop and make judgments considering dimensions.
Can account for different earthing and make measurements of earthing resistance.
Understands the principles of earth fault protection in isolated networks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Know the principles and methods of electricity distribution.
Can design low voltage networks.
Can calculate components for phase compensation.
Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary and special consumers.
Can calculate voltage drop and make judgments considering dimensions.
Can account for different earthing and make measurements of earthing resistance.
Understands the principles of earth fault protection and can calculate earth fault currents and zero voltage at earth fault.

Qualifications

Electrical safety and measurement technology

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 19.01.2025

Timing

01.01.2025 - 17.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • UIT24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S
  • UIT24

Objective

The student:
- knows Y- and deltatransformations
- knows complex numbers
- knows the AC sine function
- knows and is able to calculate DC and AC power.

Content

- Y- and deltatransformations
- complex numbers
- AC sine function
- calculation of AC circuits
- the power in DC and AC circuits

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Has the skill to transform between Y- and delta circuits
Has the skill to transform complex numbers between rectangular and polar form
Has the skill to calculate the frequency/period and angular frequency
Understands the importance of phase shift between current and voltage
Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Has an understanding of the relationship between rectangular and polar form
Has the skill to illustrate the relationship between time- and circular charts
Masters the calculation of the impedance of simple series and parallel circuits
Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can explain the relationship formulas
Has the skill to calculate the alternating quantities’ instantaneous values
Has the skill to calculate the quantities’ instantaneous values of reactive components
Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 19.01.2025

Timing

01.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

The student:
- knows Y- and deltatransformations
- knows complex numbers
- knows the AC sine function
- knows and is able to calculate DC and AC power.

Content

- Y- and deltatransformations
- complex numbers
- AC sine function
- calculation of AC circuits
- the power in DC and AC circuits

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Has the skill to transform between Y- and delta circuits
Has the skill to transform complex numbers between rectangular and polar form
Has the skill to calculate the frequency/period and angular frequency
Understands the importance of phase shift between current and voltage
Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Has an understanding of the relationship between rectangular and polar form
Has the skill to illustrate the relationship between time- and circular charts
Masters the calculation of the impedance of simple series and parallel circuits
Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can explain the relationship formulas
Has the skill to calculate the alternating quantities’ instantaneous values
Has the skill to calculate the quantities’ instantaneous values of reactive components
Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- understands and defines general characteristics
- knows and is able to apply protection methods
- has basic understanding of the choice of electrical equipment
- knows and is able to perform checks
- knows about requirements for installations in special areas
- identifies complementary requirements for certain installations

Content

Requirements relating to electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).

Definition of general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)

Protection methods (base protection, fault protection, auxiliary protection, protection against thermal influences, protection against overcurrent, design of protective devices, protection against overload, protection against short circuits, coordination of protection, protection against voltage and electromagnetic interference)

Selection and installation of electrical equipment (enclosure classes, identification and documentation, wiring choices, different types of wires, external influences, wiring load capacity, voltage drops, connections, minimization of fire spreads, coupling devices, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection design of protective conductors, potential equalization, earth electrodes, generator systems, capacitor systems, light fixtures, safety systems)

Controls (pre-commissioning inspections, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)

Requirements for installations in special areas (bathing and shower rooms, swimming pools, saunas, construction sites, agricultural and horticulture, congested areas, camping areas, marinas, medical facilities, temporary facilities, furniture, outdoor lighting installations, mobile installations or mobile installations , supply of electric vehicles, distribution centers, heating systems)

Complementary requirements for certain installations (distribution networks, repairs, alterations, expansion, electrical repair workshops, electrical laboratories, humid and wet spaces, spaces)

Materials

SFS 6000
Electrical Installation Handbook
Info from Tukes
Compendia of course coordinator
Instructions for use and model exercises by software manufacturers

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know the basics of electrical planning.
Know rules for grouping and understands the difference between group management and path management.
Understands the function of the earth fault switch.
Master the switching schemes of the centers.
Can do simple electrical planning and calculate material costs.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can find suitable electrical material for electrical planning.
Can consider fuse size, conductor area and short-circuit currents.
Can use and connect earth fault switches in different applications.
Can make up central schedules.
Can electrically plan home houses and calculate material costs.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can make specific material list and specify a price for used components.
Can observe rules for grouping in different installations and understands the fuse release times.
Understands the relationship between triggering time and contact voltage.
Can draw circuit diagram for other equipment in the power plant and measurement of energy.
Can do electrical planning for larger property and calculate material costs

Qualifications

The basics of installation technology.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

01.03.2025 - 23.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- knows the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism
- knows how to analyze simple DC circuits.

Content

Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
Potential and voltage
Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
Electrical power and energy
Potential in electrical circuits
Voltage sources

Application according to specific education may occur.

Materials

Course notes or similar material with theory and exercises
Course literature

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Knows the interactions between electricity and magnetism
- Knows how voltage sources and resistors act in a circuit
- Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
- Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor
- Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits
- Can calculate voltage and current using resistances

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can calculate resistance for serial and parallel connections
- Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source
- Can calculate potential in circuits
- Can calculate currents with the help of Kirchoff laws.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can calculate currents in a circuit with the help of superposition of voltage sources
- Can calculate currents and voltages for Y- and deltaconnected resistances
- Can optimize power for DC-circuits.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- knows the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism
- knows how to analyze simple DC circuits.

Content

Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
Potential and voltage
Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
Electrical power and energy
Potential in electrical circuits
Voltage sources

Application according to specific education may occur.

Materials

Course notes or similar material with theory and exercises
Course literature

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Knows the interactions between electricity and magnetism
- Knows how voltage sources and resistors act in a circuit
- Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
- Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor
- Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits
- Can calculate voltage and current using resistances

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can calculate resistance for serial and parallel connections
- Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source
- Can calculate potential in circuits
- Can calculate currents with the help of Kirchoff laws.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can calculate currents in a circuit with the help of superposition of voltage sources
- Can calculate currents and voltages for Y- and deltaconnected resistances
- Can optimize power for DC-circuits.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-K

Objective

After passing the course the student is expected to:
Know and be able to calculate generator protection.
Know when and how to use symmetrical components.
Know and be able to specify the principles for regulating voltage and reactive power.
Know and be able to specify the principles for frequency control and active power.
Know the principles of and be able to calculate static and dynamic stability.

Content

Static stability.
Dynamic stability.
Symmetrical components.
Frequency and active power.
Voltage and reactive power.
Generator protection.

Location and time

Weeks 36 to 50 according to the schedule in Peppi.

Materials

Powerpoint presentations
Sähkölaitostekniikan perusteet by Elovaara & Laiho
Electric Power Systems by Weedy & Cory
Power Supply Challenges by Klimstra.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Practical calculation
Self studies
Assessed labs

Exam schedules

Exam around week 41.

Completion alternatives

Written exam
One approved laboration report.

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which contact lessons are six weeks with two lessons of two hours per week. In addition, one laboratory session of 4-5 hours.

Content scheduling

Theory during weeks 36 - 41. Laborations during weeks 43 - 50.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows about the various protection functions of the generator protection, as well as their setting values.
Knows the use of symmetrical components and can calculate simpler examples.
Know the basic principles of voltage regulation and regulation of reactive power.
Know the basic principles for controlling active power and frequency.
Know the principles of how static stability is achieved.
Know the principles of how dynamic stability is achieved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Knows the various protection functions of the generator protection carefully and be able to calculate their setting values.
Can describe the use of symmetrical components and can calculate more difficult examples.
Can specify the basic principles of voltage control and reactive power control.
Can describe how regulation of active power and frequency is realized.
Can calculate how static stability is achieved.
Can describe how dynamic stability is achieved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Able to choose generator protection, and calculate their set values ​​for a demanding application.
Can describe in detail the use of symmetrical components and calculate complex applications.
Can specify in detail how voltage control and control of reactive power are realized.
Can describe in detail how control of active power and frequency is realized.
Can calculate how static stability is achieved, and describe the effect of various factors on stability.
Can calculate how dynamic stability is achieved, and describe the effect of various factors on stability.

Assessment methods and criteria

The written exam consists of five or six questions of 6 or 9 points, with a total of 42 points. About half theoretical questions, other half calculations.
In the calculation exercises, an answer gives full points if the calculations are complete with the right values ​​and the correct answer. Careless errors give deductions.
The lab is assessed with a score of 1-10, ie a maximum of 10 points. The report is primarily assessed, but the own activity during the laboratory session is also taken into account.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 12 points from the exam and/or less than 16 points in total.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 16 - 21,5 points
Grade 2: 22 - 27,5 points

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 28 - 35,5 points
Grade 4: 36 - 42,5 points

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

43 points and more

Qualifications

The course Electrical Power Utilization.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 23.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-Y2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y1
  • ELA24-S1
  • ELA24-Y2
  • ELA24-S2

Objective

The student:
- knows the risks of using electricity
- knows and is able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
- knows the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering
- knows and is able to describe different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages
- knows and is able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them

Content

- hazards with electricity.
- information and studies of electrical accidents and fires in Finland and other countries.
- physiological effects of electric current.
- the human body as a component of a circuit.
- the effects of the current.
- protection methods against dangerous currents.
- definitions of key concepts in electrical safety.
- different distribution systems.
RCD.
IP classes.
Basic principles for emergency first aid in the event of an accident.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the risks of using electricity.
Knows the effects of the electric current in the human body
Knows the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
Knows different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
Knows how electrical circuits are designed to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Knows the risks of using electricity.
Knows and is able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
Knows the basic of electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
Knows and is able to describe different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
Knows and is able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Knows the risks of using electricity.
Knows and is able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
Knows the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
Knows and is able to describe various protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
Knows and is able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 17.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-K

Objective

To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
To know the methods of electricity generation.
To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
To be able to describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.

Content

Principles of electricity supply. Methods of electricity generation. Laws and regulations governing electricity supply. Pricing and tariffs

Constructions of mains. Dimensions of power grids. Impact of reactive effects on transmission. Series Compensation. Design of series compensation equipment.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

To know the principles of electricity supply.
To know the methods of electricity generation.
To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
To know the principles of serial compensation.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
To know the methods of electricity generation.
To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
To be able to describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
To know the methods of electricity generation.
To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
To be able to describe constructions and make design calculations of electricity grids.
To be able to calculate and describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer and make calculations according to different requirements.
To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.
To be able to calculate transmission losses and voltage drops in transmission networks

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

29.08.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ET24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ET24
  • ELA21-E

Objective

Discuss Sankey diagrams with respect to climate change impacts
Review and evaluate a range of low carbon energy generation technologies
Appraise the benefits/limitations of developing energy storage solutions
Describe the challenges of renewable energy and grid distribution infrastructure
Identify `nudge´ psychology with policy to modify human behavioural patterns

Content

This course focuses on a number of renewable low carbon and rapidly emerging energy storage alternatives. Specifically, those related to the transport and power generation sectors. It will discuss current and future implementation as a means to limit the emissions of GHG’s and thereby mitigate the effects of global warming.

Location and time

Autumn-Winter 2024 Place: Vaasa Campus
Lectures in class are held in Novia according to the schedule in Peppi/Tuudo.

The time for submission of assessed material and any additional materials is within the lecture lesson schedule - or no later than two weeks after the last lesson.

Materials

Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

Teaching methods

Competence objectives of the study unit
This module familiarises students with a number of renewable low carbon and rapidly emerging energy storage alternatives, specifically, those related to the transport and power generation sectors. It will discuss current and future implementation as a means to limit the emissions of GHG’s and thereby mitigate the effects of global warming.

Areas that will be considered are: National power mix, Intermittency and dispatchability, Sankey diagrams, Intro' to energy Storage options, Solar/Wind - key technologies, SAM Modelling software, RetScreen Modelling software and Nuclear power considerations

Format of delivery
Lectures, group presentations/video, group work, self-study and study visit(s)

Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

Student workload

6 ETCS = 162 hours

Contact teaching and computer classes approx ~ 30 hr
Study visits ~4hr
Independent (and group) studying and preparation ~128 hr

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course
material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material

Assessment methods and criteria

To complete the course the following criteria are used for evaluation:

1, Individual short report (10%)
2. Group SAM model simulation/presentation (25%)
3. Group RetScreen model simulation/presentation (25%)
4. Individual review report of group work (40%)
4. Attendance to lectures/study visits (compulsory/informed absence)

FYI. Grade scale used - modification of EPS

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50% of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-59% (=1) or 60-69% (=2) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-79% (=3) or 80-89% (=4) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100% (=5) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 08.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Hanna Kuusisto
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V
    Öppna YH, el-och automationsteknik ledstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S

Objective

The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

Content

- Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)

-Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

Location and time

Please check the schedule for more detailed information

Materials

Teacher's material

Teaching methods

Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
-participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

Completion alternatives

Book exam (more information about this will be given at the first meeting)

Student workload

27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Assessment methods and criteria

Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
-participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business-related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering-related documents.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Qualifications

No prior knowledge requirements

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

07.01.2025 - 21.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Hanna Kuusisto
Teacher in charge

Hanna Kuusisto

Groups
  • PRE23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2023 dagstudier

Objective

The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

Content

- Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)

-Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Qualifications

No prior knowledge requirements

Enrollment

31.12.2024 - 06.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Hanna Kuusisto
Groups
  • BYL23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2023 dagstudier
  • BYS23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2023 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

Content

- Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)

-Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

Location and time

Please check the schedule for more detailed information

Materials

Teacher's material

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.

Exam schedules

Final exam

Completion alternatives

Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

Student workload

27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Assessment methods and criteria

Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
-participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business-related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering-related documents.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Qualifications

No prior knowledge requirements

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 23.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Hanna Kuusisto
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Groups
  • MAP23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2023 dagstudier

Objective

The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

Content

- Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)

-Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Qualifications

No prior knowledge requirements

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Hanna Kuusisto
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik

Objective

The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

Content

- Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)

-Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

Location and time

Please check the schedule for more detailed information

Materials

Teacher's material

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.

Exam schedules

Final exam

Completion alternatives

Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

Student workload

27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Assessment methods and criteria

Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
-participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage.
Creating templates of working-life and business-related documents in English.
Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
Being able to attend and manage meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to implement and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering-related documents.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and further skills needed in English.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

Qualifications

No prior knowledge requirements

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 07.03.2025

Timing

08.03.2025 - 31.07.2026

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Niklas Kallenberg
  • Mikael Ehrs
  • Roger Nylund

Objective

The student
-develops and demonstrates their ability to use their skills and knowledge in a way that's relevant to their studies
-is able to reflect, document and report on their development process
-is able to present their work in a professional way
-is able to think critically and analytically
-is able to demonstrate their professional competence

Content

Degree project according to the department's instruction.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

According to the evaluation matrix of the institution

Assessment criteria, good (3)

According to the evaluation matrix of the institution

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

According to the evaluation matrix of the institution

Qualifications

No demand on previous knowledge.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 30.06.2025

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
  • Åsa Fagerudd
  • Ronnie Sundsten
  • Jan Berglund
  • Joachim Böling
  • Henrik Järveläinen
  • Ray Pörn
  • Susanne Österholm
  • Philip Hollins
  • Matts Nickull
  • Kaj Wikman
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier

Objective

The degree thesis is part of the student's personal competence profile. In the degree thesis, the student will apply theoretical models to practical problems. The student must also show that they can handle complex problems independently within their area of competence and can work logically and methodically. The student should be able to work in a scientific way and use reference material and external sources of knowledge.

Content

The thesis consists of a practical application and an associated theoretical analysis. The written design must follow Novia's writing instructions for a degree thesis. The thesis also includes a public presentation of the thesis and a written maturity test.

The degree thesis can be started when students have sufficient knowledge in the form of approved professional studies and methodology studies. The work begins with students drawing up a work and / or research plan for the process.The plan presents at least subject choices, language, work title, a preliminary outline and schedule. The plan must be approved by the head of the degree program. In connection with the approval of the plan, supervisors are appointed for degree work.

The degree thesis may consist of internal and / or external ordering work, collaborative projects or other work-related work. These may be, for example:
- an investigation (eg investigation, survey, analysis and / or evaluation)
- development work (eg development of working methods or activities)
- product development (eg prototype or model)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student's degree thesis satisfies the assessment criteria applied in this degree program at a satisfactory level. The assessment criteria can be found on the Moodle page for thesis work concerned year.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student's degree thesis satisfies the assessment criteria applied in this degree program at a good level. The assessment criteria can be found on the Moodle page for thesis work concerned year.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student's degree thesis satisfies the assessment criteria applied in this degree program at an excellent level. The assessment criteria can be found on the Moodle page for thesis work concerned year.

Qualifications

The course Technical Reporting or equivalent knowledge and at least 120 credits of compulsory studies performed.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A

Objective

The student:
- understands the structure and use of building automation
- manages the configuration and implementation of building automation systems
- has the knowledge required to select components and building blocks for building automation

Content

- components in an air handling unit (HVAC)
- the electrical system's automation in buildings
- lighting controls
- heating and ventilation
- home automation.

Materials

Compendia on Moodle
Relevant and up-to-date textbooks in the field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Knows the basics and principles for using building automation
- Knows the basic principles
- Knows the principles for selecting equipment

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Understands and can utilize the functionality of different types of building automation systems.
- Understands and can utilize basic functionality in configuration and implementation of building automation systems.
- Manages to select equipment for simple building automation applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Manages to independently plan different types of building automation systems.
- Can plan, configure and implement demanding functionality in building automation systems.
- Manages to plan and select equipment for more demanding building automation applications

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

24.09.2024 - 23.10.2024

Timing

24.10.2024 - 16.01.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

0 op

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Anna Korhonen
Teacher in charge

Anna Korhonen

Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier

Objective

See syllabus

Content

See syllabus

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

See syllabus

Enrollment

24.09.2024 - 23.10.2024

Timing

24.10.2024 - 22.01.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

0 op

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Anna Korhonen
Teacher in charge

Anna Korhonen

Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier

Objective

See syllabus

Content

See syllabus

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

See syllabus

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 09.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-K (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-E (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • UIT23 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik
Small groups
  • ELA23-A
  • ELA23-K
  • ELA23-E
  • UIT23

Objective

The student:
- understands how a signal is sampled and represented (in the time and frequency domain)
- interprets and is able to use the information in a frequency spectrum
- is able to perform frequency analysis of a given signal
- can use suitable software to do frequency analysis

Content

Different types of signals
Periodic functions and signals
Fourier series and representation of periodic signals
Sampling and the sampling theorem
Fourier transform and FFT algorithm
Frequency analysis and interpretation of FFT spectrum
Signal analysis in matlab

Location and time

7.1.2025, W33

Materials

Lecture notes
Web-based material

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises
Self studies

Student workload

Totally 81 hours, of which 36 hours as classroom education.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the characteristics of the frequency spectrum for a periodic signal
Knows the characteristics of the frequency spectrum for an aperiodic signal
Can interpret the results of a frequency analysis

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can use Fourier Series conversion tables to determine the frequency spectrum of some typical signals.
Understands, on a fundamental level, the relationship between the rate of change of the signal and the frequency spectrum of the signal.
Can use a frequency analyzer.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Master the integral technique to determine the fourier coefficients for periodic signals.
Master the transform technique to determine the frequency spectra of aperiodic signals.
Can use a frequency analyzer and is also familiar with the use of Matlab as a tool for frequency analysis.

Assessment methods and criteria

Examination is based on an individual exam and assignments.
A minimum of points in the exam is required to pass the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 10 points in the exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

At least 10 points in the exam.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

At least 16 points in the exam.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 22 points in the exam.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- knows the main parts of the frequency converter
- knows the operating principle of the frequency converter
- knows the commissioning and use of a the frequency converter.

Content

- AC motor
- the frequency converter
- motor control
- commissioning / use of frequency converter

Materials

Facts Worth Knowing about Frequency Converters (Danfoss).
Manufacturer's information and operating instructions.
Supplementary material.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Practical laboratotry exercises
Self studies

Completion alternatives

Course exam (50 % of course grades) and report from the practical exercises (50 % of course grades).

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exam 12 hours and laboratory exercises 24 hours.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Can describe different ways of converting DC voltage to AC voltage.
Know about different functional principles.
Know the advantages and disadvantages of using frequency converters.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can describe how to control the size of the AC voltage.
Can describe the function at different load requirements.
Can explain the advantages and disadvantages of using electrical connections.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can explain the operation of the control circuits and make calculations at specific loads.
Master the calculations of losses when using frequency converters.
Can describe the appearance of harmonics and what this entails and can describe and calculate filter circuits.

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam + laboratory report.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

More than 50% of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

More than 70% of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 90% of the total score.

Qualifications

Power Electronics

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

The student:
- knows the main parts of the frequency converter
- knows the operating principle of the frequency converter
- knows the commissioning and use of a the frequency converter.

Content

- AC motor
- the frequency converter
- motor control
- commissioning / use of frequency converter

Materials

Facts Worth Knowing about Frequency Converters (Danfoss).
Manufacturer's information and operating instructions.
Supplementary material.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Practical laboratotry exercises
Self studies

Completion alternatives

Course exam (50 % of course grades) and report from the practical exercises (50 % of course grades).

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exam 12 hours and laboratory exercises 24 hours.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Can describe different ways of converting DC voltage to AC voltage.
Know about different functional principles.
Know the advantages and disadvantages of using frequency converters.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can describe how to control the size of the AC voltage.
Can describe the function at different load requirements.
Can explain the advantages and disadvantages of using electrical connections.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can explain the operation of the control circuits and make calculations at specific loads.
Master the calculations of losses when using frequency converters.
Can describe the appearance of harmonics and what this entails and can describe and calculate filter circuits.

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam + laboratory report.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

More than 50% of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

More than 70% of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 90% of the total score.

Qualifications

Power Electronics

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 27.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

The student:
- knows the basics in electrical engineering
- knows the terminology that's needed for the course AC Drives
- knows the basic mathematics for calculating electrical circuits

Content

- DC circuits
- AC circuits
- three phase alternating current
- effect calculations
- transformers
- motors / generators
- electrical safety

Location and time

02.09.2024 – 27.10.2024

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Calculation exercises
Self studies

Exam schedules

The exam is arranged week 43.

Completion alternatives

Written exam (and preparatory exam).

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / calculation exercises 36 hours (weeks 36 - 43).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know how power sources and resistors works in a circuit.
Can calculate currents and voltages in simple DC and AC circuits.
Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power.
Can describe the structure and properties of the transformer.
Can describe the construction and characteristics of DC motors.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can calculate serial and parallel connections in resistive, inductive and capacitive circuits.
Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits.
Understands the principle of a symmetrical three-phase system
Can describe the function of transformers.
Can describe the basic functions of AC motors and generators.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors, inductors and capacitors.
Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation.
Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected symmetrical three-phase systems.
Can describe the function of three phase transformers.
Can perform AC motor calculations e.g. efficiency, torque and effect.

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam, at least 33.3 % for approved course grade. (50 % calculation tasks, 50 % theory tasks in the exam).
No own material allowed at the exam.
Preparatory exam, can raise the calculation part of the exam (only) at approved course exam (does not apply at re-takes).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3% of the total points.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Rating 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of total points.
Rating 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of total points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Rating 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total points.
Rating 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of total points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total points.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 29.08.2024

Timing

20.08.2024 - 08.09.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student :
- is familiar with the concept of functions
- is able to solve equations algebraically, graphically and numerically ( Equations with roots and absolute values, equations with complex solutions,
exponential equations , equations with logarithms ,trigonometric equations )
- Is able to apply a variety of mathematical models in problem solving.

Content

The concept of functions, graphs, inequalities
Equations with roots
Equations containing absolute values
Equations with complex solutions
Complex numbers ; rectangular form, polar form and power form
Power functions, power equations
Exponential functions and equations
Logarithms, equations with logarithms
Problems with exponential change
Trigonometric functions, graphs
Trigonometric equations

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Is able to extract information from graphs and understand basic properties about different types of functions
Is able to solve simple exponential equations
Is able to solve simple trigonometric equations
Knows complex numbers and can perform simple calculations with them
Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.
Master basic use of a calculation software.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is able to draw graphs for different types of functions and can define the domain and the range for the functions.
Master the solution of ordinary exponential and logarithm equations
Is able to rewrite trigonometric expressions and can solve common trigonometric equations
Master the transformation of complex numbers between different forms
Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.
Master the use of calculation software.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Master the basic properties of functions and can solve inequalities
Master the solution of more demanding equations and problems containing exponential functions and logarithms
Master the solution of more demanding trigonometric equations.
Can apply complex numbers to solve more complicated problems
Can design and solve more complicated models.
Master advanced use of calculation software.

Qualifications

Functions and equations 1,
Geometry and vectors

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 10.11.2024

Timing

04.11.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Sem Timmerbacka

Groups
  • BYB24D-V
    Byggmästare (YH), h24, dagstudier, Vasa
  • BYL24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 10.11.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 10.11.2024

Timing

11.11.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Scheduling groups
  • PRE24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • PRE24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • PRE24-Y
  • PRE24-S

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 10.11.2024

Timing

11.11.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • MAP24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • MAP24-Y
  • MAP24-S

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 03.11.2024

Timing

04.11.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Kennet Tallgren
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYS24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2024 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 18.02.2025

Timing

19.02.2025 - 12.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH24FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student :
- is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
- is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
- is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
- is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

Content

- Right angled triangles
- Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
- Angle units (degrees vs radians)
- The sine and cosine formula
- Uniformity and scales
- Area- and volume caculations
- Definition of the vector concept
- Rules for vector operations
- Dot product
- Projections
- Cross product
- Introduction to matrices
- MatchCad exercises

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S

Objective

The student:
- knows the symmetrical three-phase system
- knows the unsymmetrical three-phase system
- is familiar with power calculation in the three phase system.

Content

- single-phase AC circuits (repetition)
- three-phase AC circuits, Y-coupling
- three-phase AC circuits, D-coupling
- three-phase AC circuits, power calculation

Location and time

02.09.2024– 25.10.2024

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Calculation exercises
Diagnostic tests
Self studies

Exam schedules

The exam is arranged week 41.

Completion alternatives

Written exam and opportunity for bonus points through diagnostic tests..

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / calculation exercises 36 hours (weeks 36 - 41).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understands and can perform basic matrix operations
Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected symmetrical three-phase systems
Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected asymmetrical three-phase systems
Can calculate different powers in symmetrical networks

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can perform matrix operations and apply this in practical applications
Understands the principle of the neutral conductor importance in a symmetrical three-phase-system
Understands the principle of the neutral conductor importance in a asymmetrical three-phase-system
Can calculate different powers in asymmetric three-phase systems

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Understands and can perform more advanced matrix operations
Has the skills for theoretical analysis and calculation of different types of symmetrical three-phase loads
Has the skills for theoretical analysis and calculation of different types of asymmetrical three-phase loads
Has the skills and knows the principles for calculation of compensation of reactive power in three-phase systems

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam (33.3 % for passing grade) and diagnostic tests..
In the case of an approved course exam, the bonus points from the diagnostic tests replaces the exam task with the lowest score.
The bonus points do not apply at the re-examination.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

Basics in Electrical Engineering - AC

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Susanne Österholm
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

The student
- understands programming concepts and basic structures
- can use functions and simple arrays
- masters basic procedural programming.

Content

General programming concepts
Variables and constants
Operators and expressions
Keyboard input, screen printing
Selections
Iterations
Functions
Static arrays
Introduction to files

Location and time

autumn 2023, Vaasa

Materials

material on Moodle

Teaching methods

lectures, computer based exercises, homework

Exam schedules

exam 2023
retake 1 january 2024
retake 2 spring 2024

Student workload

classroom studies 35 h
own work 45 h

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student can create programs that use simple structures with sequences, selections and iterations.
The student can create functions that use parameters and return data.
The student can store data in simple, static one-dimensional arrays.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can create programs that use more advanced selections and iterations. The student can compound structures.
The student can create functions that use reference parameters.
The student can use one-dimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can independently solve more difficult programming problems.
The student can create overloaded functions and templated functions.
The student can use multidimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

Assessment methods and criteria

passed exam
approved exercises

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Students' knowledge does not reach the level of a satisfactory grade.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student can code simple console programs that use simple structures with sequences, option choices and repetitions.
The student can call functions that use parameters and return data.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student can code programs that use more advanced alternative choices and repetitions. The student can nest structures.
The student can create and call functions that use parameters and return data.
The student can store data in one-dimensional arrays.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can independently solve more advanced programming tasks.
The student can independently learn new programming techniques and apply them in his coding.

Qualifications

No prerquisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 29.10.2024

Timing

22.10.2024 - 10.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Susanne Österholm
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student
- understands programming concepts and basic structures
- can use functions and simple arrays
- masters basic procedural programming.

Content

General programming concepts
Variables and constants
Operators and expressions
Keyboard input, screen printing
Selections
Iterations
Functions
Static arrays
Introduction to files

Location and time

autumn 2024, Vaasa

Materials

material on Moodle

Teaching methods

lectures, computer based exercises, study of recorded material, homework

Exam schedules

exam november 2024
retake 1 december 2024
retake 2 january 2025

Student workload

classroom studies 12 h
own work 65 h

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student can create programs that use simple structures with sequences, selections and iterations.
The student can create functions that use parameters and return data.
The student can store data in simple, static one-dimensional arrays.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can create programs that use more advanced selections and iterations. The student can compound structures.
The student can create functions that use reference parameters.
The student can use one-dimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can independently solve more difficult programming problems.
The student can create overloaded functions and templated functions.
The student can use multidimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

Assessment methods and criteria

passed exam
approved exercises

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Students' knowledge does not reach the level of a satisfactory grade.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student can code simple console programs that use simple structures with sequences, option choices and repetitions.
The student can call functions that use parameters and return data.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student can code programs that use more advanced alternative choices and repetitions. The student can nest structures.
The student can create and call functions that use parameters and return data.
The student can store data in one-dimensional arrays.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can independently solve more advanced programming tasks.
The student can independently learn new programming techniques and apply them in his coding.

Qualifications

No prerquisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 26.01.2025

Timing

27.01.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- understands development of hybrid cloud systems
- understands how to plan and deploy Azure cloud services
- understands how to combine local software with services in the cloud, including how to store and retrieve data from databases.

Content

- Virtualization in distributed data centers
- The structure of the infrastructure
- Programming and business activities, what to consider.

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understand the concepts and be able to plan virtualization solutions.
Know about different solution models.
Can implement simple cloud solutions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can deploy virtualized solutions.
Can deploy cloud solutions.
Can implement solutions that use nodes both locally and in the cloud.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can distribute virtualized software.
Can deploy hybrid cloud solutions.
Can implement integrated solutions that use hybrid clouds.

Qualifications

All IT courses in grade 3.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • Grupp 1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 3 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2023 dagstudier
Small groups
  • Grupp 1
  • Grupp 2
  • Grupp 3

Objective

After passing the course the student is expected to:
- know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
- be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

Content

Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
Heat and temperature
Heat capacity and calorimetry
Phase transitions
Humidity
Heating value and combustion
Heating processes with continuous flows
The ideal gas law
Heat transfer mechanisms
Heat conduction through layers
Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
- Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
- Can calculate with propagation of errors.
- Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
- Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
- Can use the continuity condition.
- Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
- Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
- Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
- Can systematically note measurements.
- Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
- Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
- Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
- Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
- Can do calorimetric calculations.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
- Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
- Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
- Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
- Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
- Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
- Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
- Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

Qualifications

Mechanics (recommended)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 10.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Scheduling groups
  • Grupp 1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 3 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PRE23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2023 dagstudier
Small groups
  • Grupp 1
  • Grupp 2
  • Grupp 3

Objective

After passing the course the student is expected to:
- know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
- be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

Content

Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
Heat and temperature
Heat capacity and calorimetry
Phase transitions
Humidity
Heating value and combustion
Heating processes with continuous flows
The ideal gas law
Heat transfer mechanisms
Heat conduction through layers
Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
- Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
- Can calculate with propagation of errors.
- Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
- Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
- Can use the continuity condition.
- Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
- Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
- Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
- Can systematically note measurements.
- Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
- Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
- Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
- Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
- Can do calorimetric calculations.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
- Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
- Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
- Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
- Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
- Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
- Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
- Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

Qualifications

Mechanics (recommended)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 17.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y1
  • ELA23-Y2
  • ELA23-S1
  • ELA23-S2

Objective

After passing the course the student is expected to:
- know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
- be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

Content

Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
Heat and temperature
Heat capacity and calorimetry
Phase transitions
Humidity
Heating value and combustion
Heating processes with continuous flows
The ideal gas law
Heat transfer mechanisms
Heat conduction through layers
Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
- Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
- Can calculate with propagation of errors.
- Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
- Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
- Can use the continuity condition.
- Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
- Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
- Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
- Can systematically note measurements.
- Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
- Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
- Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
- Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
- Can do calorimetric calculations.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
- Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
- Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
- Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
- Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
- Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
- Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
- Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

Qualifications

Mechanics (recommended)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 25.02.2025

Timing

18.02.2025 - 23.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

After passing the course the student is expected to:
- know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
- be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

Content

Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
Heat and temperature
Heat capacity and calorimetry
Phase transitions
Humidity
Heating value and combustion
Heating processes with continuous flows
The ideal gas law
Heat transfer mechanisms
Heat conduction through layers
Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
- Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
- Can calculate with propagation of errors.
- Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
- Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
- Can use the continuity condition.
- Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
- Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
- Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
- Can systematically note measurements.
- Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
- Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
- Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
- Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
- Can do calorimetric calculations.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
- Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
- Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
- Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
- Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
- Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
- Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
- Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
- Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

Qualifications

Mechanics (recommended)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-K

Objective

After passing the course, the student is expected to:
Know and be able to calculate how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
Know and be able to describe different electrical phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating material.
Know and be able to describe how different insulating materials are ageing, and how this can be monitored.
Know and be able to describe how different overvoltages occur, and how to protect electrical equipment against them.
Know and be able to choose equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

Content

Insulators in electric fields.
Electric discharges.
Isolation process of ageing.
Overvoltage surges.
Test and measurement technology.

Location and time

Weeks 36 to 50 according to the schedule in Peppi

Materials

Compendium, found on Moodle
Elkraftsystem 1, from Elkrafthandboken-series
Suurjännitetekniikka by Aro, Elovaara, etc.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Practical calculation
Self studies
Assessed lab

Exam schedules

Exam around week 43.

Completion alternatives

Written exam
Two lab reports, approved.

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which contact lessons are six weeks with two lessons of two hours per week. In addition, two laboratory sessions of 4-5 hours.

Content scheduling

Theory during weeks 36 - 41. Laborations during weeks 43 - 50.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
Knows different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
Knows how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
Knows how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
Knows equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can calculate how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
Can describe different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
Can describe how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
Can describe how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
Can select and describe equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can calculate different sizes for more complex insulation arrangements.
Can make a detailed description of different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
Can make a detailed description of how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
Can make a detailed description of how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
Can select and describe equipment for testing and measuring high voltages, and describe the accuracy.

Assessment methods and criteria

The written exam consists of five questions of 4 points, ie a total of 20 points. About 50% theoretical questions, other half calculations.
In the calculation exercises, an answer gives four points if the calculations are complete with the right values ​​and the correct answer. Careless errors give deductions.
The lab is assessed with points 1-5 per lab, ie a total of 10 points. The report is primarily assessed, but the own activity during the laboratory session is also taken into account.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 10 points and/or unapproved labreports.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 10 - 11,5 points
Grade 2: 12 - 14,5 points

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 15 - 18,5 points
Grade 4: 19 - 22,5 points

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

23 points and more

Qualifications

The course Electric Power Utilization.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-I

Objective

The goal is to understand a near real-time operating system (RTOS), develop applications for this OS, first by running the operating system in a simulation, then on hardware. Hardware is studied to the extent necessary for the applications in question.

Content

- Knowledge of programming at microcontroller level and embedded systems: program structure and use of necessary tools.
- Programming in simulator and on hardware.
- Basic knowledge of typical hardware
- Understand the advantages and disadvantages of a near real-time operating system (RTOS)
- Developing applications for an RTOS,

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Foundations and concepts.
Know the basics and analyze finished programs for embedded systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Analyze, understand and plan a solution with regard to reliability.
Write program totals with real-time requirements.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Design reliable and integrated solutions.
Implement more advanced solutions for hardware-based embedded systems.

Qualifications

Programming courses and network courses according to grades 2-3

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22- A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22- A

Objective

The student:
- understands and knows the configuration and the use of industrial communications systems.
- knows the importance and utilization of different communication systems in industrial applications
- understands the functionality of different communication systems
- is capable to make selections of communication systems and components thereof.

Content

- characteristics of communication systems
- communication standards
- field buses and process buses
- LAN and WAN
- wireless communication
- functionality and configuration

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Vaasa

Materials

Relevant course literature
System manuals

Teaching methods

- Lectures
- Exercises
- Laboratory work
- Presentations
- Individual studies

Completion alternatives

Approved exercises, laboratory work, presentations

Student workload

Approx. 160 h

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the principals and applications, and has basic skills in communication with LAN, WAN and field buses.
Understands the usefulness of, limitations of and application areas for wireless industrial networks.
Has basic skills in configuration, connections and programming of common industrial protocols, and in analysis with tools as oscilloscopes and protocol analyzers.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Good skills in the principals and applications, and in communication with LAN, WAN and field buses.
Good skills in the possibilities of application areas for wireless industrial networks.
Good skills skills in planning and configuration of different types of communication networks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent skills in the principals and the technology of different communication networks.
Is able to select, apply and argue for different technologies of wireless networks.
Excellent skills skills in planning and configuration of different types of communication networks, and in problem identification and fault analysis.

Assessment methods and criteria

- Competence in process buses, field buses
- Competence in industrial communication protocols and their use
- Competence in data and network security

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

- process buses, field buses are unknown
- does not know the basics of industrial communication protocols
- does not know the principles of data and network security

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- knows the basic principles of process buses, field buses
- knows about industrial communication protocols and their use
- knows the principles of data and network security

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- understands the principles for using process buses, field buses
- can specify requirements for the use of industrial communication protocols
- can specify requirements for data and network security

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- can take into account the principles of process buses, field buses, in planning and construction of industrial communication systems
- can apply and utilize industrial communication protocols
- is able to choose equipment for industrial communication systems, taking into account data and network security

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 27.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Tobias Ekfors
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- knows about the construction and structure of industrial robots
- knows about programming and is able to program industrial robots
- knows how to choose industrial robot equipment.

Content

Industrial robots.
Programming of industrial robots.
Fields of use.

Materials

Compendia on Moodle. Relevant literature.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the basic principles of construction and function of industrial robots.
Knows the principles of programming industrial robots.
Knows the principles of choosing robotic equipment.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can specify requirements for basic robot equipment.
Can create programs for simple applications of industrial robots.
Able to select equipment for simple robot applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can plan and configure basic robotics equipment.
Can create programs for more demanding applications of industrial robots.
Able to select equipment for more demanding robot applications.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A

Objective

The student:
- understands the configuration and use of industrial automation systems
- has good understanding of the importance, function and application of automation systems in industrial processes
- knows different systems types, system functionalities and principles for selecting systems
- masters the processes of acquisition of automation systems from the perspective of both the user and the supplier
- is able to critically review the functionality and usability of automation systems.

Content

- industrial processes and their need for supervisory, control and automation systems
- the configuration and functionality of the systems
- system components and building blocks
- system functions
- system types
- function and system requirement specifications
- the interaction between man and system and process
- usability
- system configurations
- selecting components and building blocks
- practical assignments in project form

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Vaasa

Materials

Relevant course literature
System manuals

Teaching methods

- Lectures
- Exercises
- Project work
- Individual studies

Completion alternatives

Approved exercises and project work

Student workload

Approx. 160 h

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Concerning functional and system requirements, knows the specifications and their importance.
Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, knows the the basic principles.
Concerning parametrization and programming, knows the principles.
Concerning usability, knows the principles.
Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knws the principles for selecting equipment.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Concerning functional and system requirements, can make use of these specifications.
Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, understands and can make use of the functionality of the system components and building blocks.
Concerning parametrization and programming, can make use of software program and set parameters for basic applications.
Concerning usability, can make use of the principles for usability.
Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knows how to select equipment for basic applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Concerning functional and system requirements, is able to create and write such requirements.
Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, is able to plan and configure the functionality of systems components and building blocks.
Concerning parametrization and programming, is able to create software programs and decide parameters for advanced applications.
Concerning usability, is able to utilize usability principles in design work.
Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced system applications.

Assessment methods and criteria

- Competence in functional and system specifications
- Competence in the structure and function of industrial automation systems
- Competence in parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
- Competence in usability and user interface
- Expertise in selecting components and building blocks for industrial automation systems

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

- function and system specifications are unknown
- lacks knowledge of the basic principles for the construction and operation of industrial automation systems
- does not know the principles for parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
- lacks knowledge of usability and user interface
- does not know the principles for selecting equipment for industrial automation systems

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- knows about functional and system specifications
- knows the basic principles for the design and function of industrial automation systems
- knows the principles for parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
- knows the principles of usability and user interface
- knows the principles for the choice of equipment for industrial automation systems

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- understands the importance of functional and system specifications
- can specify requirements for construction and function of industrial automation systems
- can handle basic parametrization and can create programs for simple industrial automation systems
- understands the importance of usability and user interface
- is able to select equipment for simple industrial automation

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- considers functional and system specifications in planning and construction of more comprehensive industrial automation systems
- can deploy and configure more extensive industrial automation systems
- is capable of parameterization and can create programs for more extensive industrial automation systems
- considers the principles of usability and user interface in planning and configuring more comprehensive industrial automation systems
- is able to select equipment for more extensive industrial automation systems

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.02.2025

Timing

29.01.2025 - 16.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH22FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student:
- understands the configuration and use of industrial automation systems
- has good understanding of the importance, function and application of automation systems in industrial processes
- knows different systems types, system functionalities and principles for selecting systems
- masters the processes of acquisition of automation systems from the perspective of both the user and the supplier
- is able to critically review the functionality and usability of automation systems.

Content

- industrial processes and their need for supervisory, control and automation systems
- the configuration and functionality of the systems
- system components and building blocks
- system functions
- system types
- function and system requirement specifications
- the interaction between man and system and process
- usability
- system configurations
- selecting components and building blocks
- practical assignments in project form

Materials

Relevant course literature
System manuals

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Concerning functional and system requirements, knows the specifications and their importance.
Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, knows the the basic principles.
Concerning parametrization and programming, knows the principles.
Concerning usability, knows the principles.
Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knws the principles for selecting equipment.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Concerning functional and system requirements, can make use of these specifications.
Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, understands and can make use of the functionality of the system components and building blocks.
Concerning parametrization and programming, can make use of software program and set parameters for basic applications.
Concerning usability, can make use of the principles for usability.
Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knows how to select equipment for basic applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Concerning functional and system requirements, is able to create and write such requirements.
Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, is able to plan and configure the functionality of systems components and building blocks.
Concerning parametrization and programming, is able to create software programs and decide parameters for advanced applications.
Concerning usability, is able to utilize usability principles in design work.
Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced system applications.

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-A2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-K1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-K2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-E (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A1
  • ELA23-A2
  • ELA23-K1
  • ELA23-K2
  • ELA23-E

Objective

The student:
- knows and can describe the requirements for electrical installations
- is able to define general characteristics of electrical installations
- is able to describe different protection methods
- is able to choose electrical equipment
- can carry out checks before commissioning

Content

Requirements relating to electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).

Definition of general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
Protection methods (base protection, fault protection, overcurrent protection, overload protection, short-circuit protection)

Selection and installation of electrical equipment electricity (protection classes, choice of wiring, different types of wiring, external influence, wiring load capacity, voltage drop, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, protection conductor design, potential equalization)

Controls (pre-commissioning inspections, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)

Materials

SFS 6000 and info from eg. Tukes
Lessons learned in the subject.
Info from manufacturer of installation equipment.
Compendiums of the course coordinator.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
Know and be able to define general characteristics of electrical installations.
To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
To know and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
To know and be able to perform basic measurements when commissioning installations.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
Know and be able to define general characteristics of electrical installations.
To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
To know, be able to calculate and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
To know and be able to perform basic measurements when commissioning installations

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
Know and be able to define and describe in general the general characteristics of electrical installations.
To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
To know, be able to calculate and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
To know, be able to describe and be able to perform basic and special measurements when commissioning installations.

Qualifications

The basics of electrical engineering

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 09.02.2025

Timing

10.02.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ET24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-E (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ET24
  • ELA23-E

Objective

Knowledge and understanding
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- explain the advantages of using IoT solutions
- define the need for IoT solutions in applications

Skills and Abilities
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- create simple Node-Red applications
- communicate using Wireless communication
- optimize the availability of data using Cloud services
- analyze the needs for Smart home solutions

Evaluation Ability and Approach
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- select relevant technology based on application
- justify the choice of technology in IoT applications

Content

Introduction and Raspberry PI
What is IoT and the future
Getting to know Raspberry PI: Installation, Node-red, Dashboard, MQTT
One hands on exercise (Node-Red and MQTT)

Wireless technology
Overview of the wireless technology used today: Bluetooth, Wifi, LoraWAN (and Sigfox), NB IoT with 4G and 5G cellular network
How to connect LoraWAN sensors. LoraWAN commercial network from Digita (national network) and global open network from The Things Network.
Make your own IoT sensor with ESP32 and DS18B20, a battery powered temperature sensor with Wifi.
3 Hands on exercises (Bluetooth & Wifi, LoraWAN and ESP32)

Cloud services for IoT
Basic overview
Azure and/or AWS
One hands on exercise

Smart home
Using cloud services and Raspberry Pi to control and measuring your home.
Using voice control with smart speakers from Amazon and Google.
One hands on exercise

Materials

Lecturer's slides and handouts

Reference book:
Exploring Raspberry Pi: Interfacing to the Real World with Embedded Linux by Derek Molloy

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved: Active participation in lectures and excercises, approved portfolio
Otherwise, not approved.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 10.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Jenny Rönnqvist-Norrby
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-A1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-A2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A
  • ELA22-K
  • ELA22-I
  • ELA22-A1
  • ELA22-A2

Objective

After completing the course, students are expected to
1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

Content

- basic chemical concepts
- stoichiometry
- reactions in aqueous solutions
- gases
- basic in electrochemistry
- applications from various disciplines
- laboratory work
- laboratory safety
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Jenny Rönnqvist-Norrby
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • Grupp 1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 3 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 4 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • Grupp 1
  • Grupp 2
  • Grupp 3
  • Grupp 4

Objective

After completing the course, students are expected to
1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

Content

- basic chemical concepts
- stoichiometry
- reactions in aqueous solutions
- gases
- basic in electrochemistry
- applications from various disciplines
- laboratory work
- laboratory safety
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Jenny Rönnqvist-Norrby
Scheduling groups
  • Grupp 1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 3 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • Grupp 1
  • Grupp 2
  • Grupp 3

Objective

After completing the course, students are expected to
1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

Content

- basic chemical concepts
- stoichiometry
- reactions in aqueous solutions
- gases
- basic in electrochemistry
- applications from various disciplines
- laboratory work
- laboratory safety
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
  • Jenny Rönnqvist-Norrby
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYS23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2023 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

After completing the course, students are expected to
1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

Content

- basic chemical concepts
- stoichiometry
- reactions in aqueous solutions
- gases
- basic in electrochemistry
- applications from various disciplines
- laboratory work
- laboratory safety
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- knows about dimensioning and planning of power electronics applications
- knows the calculation principles for thermal resistance.

Content

- basic characteristics
- power electronics components
- converters
- voltage regulation

Location and time

03.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.
Datasheets from component manufacturers.
Recommended additional reading:
Mohan, Undeland, Robbins: Power Electronics.
ISBN 978-0-471-22693-2.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Calculation exercises
Simulation exercises
Assignment
Self studies

Exam schedules

The exam is arranged in week 7 or 8 in period 4

Completion alternatives

Solutions to the compendium's exercises are submitted to Moodle (Mandatory! => "Right to take part in the exam")
Mandatory assignment (PS) and written exam (33.3 % in the course exam for approved grade).
The assignment give extra points in an approved course exam.

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/calculation exercises/exam 36 hours.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Know central power electronics components and their basic features.
Understanding the need for protection circuits.
Can describe the basic functions of the most common converter couplings.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Be able to calculate power losses during stationary load cases and to assess the need for cooling.
Can describe the reasons for the need for protection circuits.
Can calculate voltage drops and assess component durability in specific circuits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Be able to interpret data sheets and make calculations from accurate descriptions of basic electronic components.
Master accurate calculations of protection circuits.
Can explain the emergence of harmonics and the consequences of this and also describe different filters.

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam.
For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (maximum three attempts).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

Analog electronics

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 19.11.2024

Timing

12.11.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Niklas Kallenberg
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student should be able to:
- identify and describe the basic terminology in the field of marketing, with focus on industrial marketing.
- explain the difference between: product focused, market focused, value based and customer centricity
- understand the marketing mix
- use the right terminology, view and method regarding collecting, processing, interpret and present market research.
- do market research in practice, including budget, time planning and reporting.
- explain the basics in marketing law

Content

- basic concepts and views in marketing
- current research and trends in marketing
- the position of marketing as a company strategic tool
- the marketing mix in details, purpose and in practice
- basics in personal selling
- basics of marketing law and ethics
- media, social media, influencing and digital solutions in marketing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student has flaws in her explanation of the theory and concepts both in the exam as well in the exercises. In the exercises, the exam and the market research done action plans, marketing actions is partially based on wrong logics. The market research project is lacking in validity and reliability. The market research report needs improvement to be accepted.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student applies the theory and concepts in the exam, exercises, and the market research almost perfect. Data collection analyzes and action plans are well based with theory support. The methods for conducting a basic market research is good. The market report is well structured, informative and of use for the client.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student describes the basic theory and concept excellent. The exam answers, exercises and the market research have a clear theoretical connection. The deductions from the action plans are logical. The student present and makes improvement to the client in his marketing report. The market report is well written both in terms of language, structure, and design. And the result has a significant benefit for the client.

Qualifications

Basic Business Economy

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 08.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 18.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

Content

Unit conversions, formulas
Graphical descriptions of movement
Velocity, acceleration
Vectors in physics
Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
Forces and Newton's laws
Energy, work, the work-energy principle
Power and efficiency
Impulse and momentum
Torques
Center of mass
Mechanical equilibrium
Truss analysis

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

Qualifications

None

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 29.09.2024

Timing

30.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

Content

Unit conversions, formulas
Graphical descriptions of movement
Velocity, acceleration
Vectors in physics
Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
Forces and Newton's laws
Energy, work, the work-energy principle
Power and efficiency
Impulse and momentum
Torques
Center of mass
Mechanical equilibrium
Truss analysis

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

Qualifications

None

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 17.09.2024

Timing

10.09.2024 - 21.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
Teacher in charge

Anders Skjäl

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

Content

Unit conversions, formulas
Graphical descriptions of movement
Velocity, acceleration
Vectors in physics
Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
Forces and Newton's laws
Energy, work, the work-energy principle
Power and efficiency
Impulse and momentum
Torques
Center of mass
Mechanical equilibrium
Truss analysis

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

Qualifications

None

Enrollment

01.01.2025 - 08.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
  • Lina Åberg
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • UIT24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S
  • UIT24

Objective

After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

Content

Unit conversions, formulas
Graphical descriptions of movement
Velocity, acceleration
Vectors in physics
Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
Forces and Newton's laws
Energy, work, the work-energy principle
Power and efficiency
Impulse and momentum
Torques
Center of mass
Mechanical equilibrium
Truss analysis

Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

Qualifications

None

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 16.03.2025

Timing

17.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier

Objective

Knowledge and understanding
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- explain the difference between low-level and high-level programmed microcontroller-based systems
- define the need for register configuration based on application
- define the need for Interrupt functionality based on application
- describe the advantages and disadvantages of microcontroller-based systems based on application

Skills and Abilities
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- create interactive microcontroller-based applications
- optimize performance using interrupt routines
- use, describe and visualize facts from existing reference documents
- communicate with external equipment

Evaluation Ability and Approach
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- perform relevant choices of methodology in the design of application
- justify the choice of program and register structure
- select relevant technology based on application

Content

The structure of the microcontroller

High level programming in C
- Embedded functions and techniques

Interrupt controlled functions:
- Timers
- A/D conversion
- Communication

Materials

Own compendium
Data sheets and reference documents

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Possesses basic knowledge of the microcontroller and its function and structure.
Possesses basic knowledge of programming in microcontroller environments.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is well acquainted with the function and structure of microprocessors.
Have a good knowledge of how to program microcontroller-based systems.
Is well acquainted with the use of interrupted routines.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has excellent insight into the function and structure of microprocessors.
Capability of independent creation of applications for microcontroller-based systems.
Recognizes the importance of the reference documentation and possesses the ability to create functionality with its help.
Includes innovative solutions in the assignments.

Qualifications

Digital logic basics
Practical Boolean control

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 30.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A

Objective

The student is able to:
- explain the difference between low-level and high-level programmed microcontroller-based systems
- define the need for register configuration based on application
- define the need for Interrupt functionality based on application
- describe the advantages and disadvantages of microcontroller-based systems based on application
- create interactive microcontroller-based applications
- optimize performance using interrupt routines
- use, describe and visualize facts from existing reference documents
- communicate with external equipment
- perform relevant choices of methodology in the design of application
- justify the choice of program and register structure
- select relevant technology based on application

Content

The structure of the microprocontroller
Low level programming at binary level and interrupt functions:
- timer control
- A/D conversion
- communication
C programming and interrupt functions:
- clock control
- A/D conversion
- communication
- signal synthesis
- analysis of signals

Location and time

Period 3-4 (w. 1-13)
Wolffskavägen 33

Materials

Course compendium
Supplementary material
Reference document (Atmega644P)

Teaching methods

Lectures/Supervised teaching
Laboratory
Self studies

Exam schedules

Course examination 1 week after completion of the course.
The course examination consists of submitted portfolio documentation and a test.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods of performance. Requires presence due to access to laboratory equipment.

Student workload

The laboratory tasks and their documentation is carried out in class and outside lecture hours.

Content scheduling

w. 1-13

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Possesses basic knowledge of the microcontroller and its function and structure
Possesses basic knowledge of low level and C programming in microcontroller environments

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is well acquainted with the function and structure of microprocessors
Have a good knowledge of how to program microcontroller-based systems
Is well acquainted with the use of interrupted routines

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has excellent insight into the function and structure of microprocessors
Can independently make advanced applications for microcontroller-based systems
Recognizes the importance of the reference documentation and possesses the ability to create functionality with its help
Includes innovative solutions in the course portfolio

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is assessed according to the results of the laboratory assignment and associated documentation as well as the result of the test.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 40% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% - 63% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

64% - 87% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 88% of the course credits.

Qualifications

Digitalteknik (Digital technology)
Grunderna i programmering (Programming basics)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 30.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-I

Objective

After passing the course, the student is expected to understand how to program mobile systems.

Content

- Javascript, HTML, CSS
- Apache Cordova platforms
- Distribution to Android and Apple based systems

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows what different mobile systems and application frameworks are available; can program simple solutions.
Understand the concepts of security and distribution for mobile systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can use different mobile systems and make them communicate with other systems. Able to plan and understand what special requirements and restrictions exist.
Can plan and design solutions that are safe.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can handle interprocess communication between different mobile systems and understands how to choose solutions based on needs.
Can implement secure solutions that communicate with different servers.

Qualifications

All programming courses in grades 2-3.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 14.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 23.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Anders Skjäl
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ET24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-E (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ET24
  • ELA23-E

Objective

Students will learn relevant modeling and optimization skills and apply them to energy system planning problems.
The course focuses on both theory and use of software.

Content

- Modeling technical and economic considerations as optimization problems
- Learning to model and solve certain types of optimization problems using software
- Using Matlab, Excel and specialized software to perform calculations and present results

Materials

Shared documents with theory and exercises
Software tutorial materials
Course literature

Teaching methods

Lectures
Computer lab sessions
Home assignments and small projects

Exam schedules

An exam scheduled during normal lecture hours towards the end of the course.

Student workload

Lectures 36 h
Home assignments and projects 25 h
Self studies 20 h

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, good (3)

60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework assignments
Project work
Exam

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% – 60% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • IT23 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S
  • IT23

Objective

The student:
- understands the basic concepts of network technology
- knows and understands the function of network protocol and the communication model

Content

- get to know a network
- analyze a network using various tools
- basic principles for network equipment
- transmission and data transfer
- protocol

Location and time

Period 2

Materials

Moodle .
Books belonging to the course:
• The TCP/IP Guide V3 C.M.Kozierok (available in moodle) GUIDE

Teaching methods

Lectures, practical tasks and eventually asessments

Exam schedules

Information on the moodle page for the course

Completion alternatives

Written exam and approved lab reports

Student workload

81h in total of which 16h is lectures and 16h is practical tasks.
Lectures and practical tasks is given 2h/week for 8 weeks each.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- knows and understands the concepts of network and computer communication
- can identify the most common network components

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- can analyze networks and protocols
- knows how signals are transmitted via medium
- can perform basic network equipment configuration

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- can independently perform configuration and connection of network equipment at the advanced level.
- understands and can define the structure of a network and its structure.

Assessment methods and criteria

The review is done with an written exam and approved reports from the practical tasks.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of maximum points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of maximum points.
Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of maximum points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 1: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of maximum points.
Grade 2: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of maximum points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88,8 % of total points.

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 09.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-I

Objective

After passing the course, the student is expected to understand:
- how a network-based system is constructed.
- how to choose client / server software and hardware.
- how to document and test the system.
- how the software is designed
- how data security is structured

Content

- Definition of a network-based system
- How to program network-based client and server systems.
- Project documentation.
- Testing the system.
- Programming / Scripting
- Cyber security

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understanding of technical specifications.
Create documentation of the work process and the roles of the team members.
Basic knowledge of script programming.
Installation and verification of software / hardware functioning.
Ability to be responsible for certain tasks within a team.
Understands on scripts and security aspects

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Installation and evaluation of Linux and Windows based client solutions.
Use of network software.
Detailed descriptions of individual technical solutions as part of an individual project.
Script management in multiple operating systems.
Create relevant test cases and execute them.
Ability to plan the team's activities and work around any technical and administrative problems.
Can create own scripts and programs that are secure

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Installation and evaluation of Linux and Windows based server solutions.
Use of network hardware.
Create documentation for an entire network, its services and describe the work that resulted in that network.
Automated scripts.
Create a test plan and utilize it in system development.
Ability to support other team members.
Manages to program applications that are network-aware and takes into account data security.

Qualifications

All programming courses.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.02.2025

Timing

03.02.2025 - 23.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

Knowledge and understanding
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- describe how Boolean gates are applied in digital circuit contexts
- analyze and simplify Boolean logic circuits
- explain the function of Flip-Flops

Skills and Abilities
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- plan and realize a digital circuit with Boolean design
- re-design and simplify combinatorial circuits
- develop a stand-alone solution in a PLC environment

Evaluation ability and Approach
After completing the course, the student should be able to:
- perform relevant selections of Boolean components, logical building blocks and PLC program structures
- justify the choice of logical functions of a digital solution (circuit or PLC program)

Content

Boolean design with logical circuits
Boolean design with PLC

Materials

Relevant textbooks and online information.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Possesses the ability to create a relevant structural solution to the problem.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Possesses the ability to realize a solution model that is mostly functional.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Possesses the ability to create a fully functioning solution model that, to some extent, has its own innovative elements.

Qualifications

Digital technology

Enrollment

01.04.2025 - 31.05.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Anders Ahlbäck
Groups
  • BYL24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
-have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
-have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

07.08.2024 - 30.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Niklas Kallenberg

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
-have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
-have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 31.07.2025

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH24FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
-have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
-have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
-have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
-have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

05.02.2025 - 17.07.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.08.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Kenneth Julin
  • Leif Östman
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYB24D-V
    Byggmästare (YH), h24, dagstudier, Vasa
  • BYS24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2024 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
-have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
-have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Groups
  • MAP23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2023 dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
-have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
-realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
-have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

07.08.2024 - 30.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Niklas Kallenberg
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
-have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
-realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
-have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
-have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
-realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
-have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

01.04.2025 - 30.06.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Anders Ahlbäck
Groups
  • BYL23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2023 dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
-have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
-realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
-have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

05.02.2025 - 17.07.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.08.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Kenneth Julin
  • Leif Östman
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYS23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2023 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
-have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
-realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
-have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

07.08.2024 - 30.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Niklas Kallenberg
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Objective

The students:
- have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education
- have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
- can turn over theoretical knowledge in working life
- have made versatile contacts with the working life and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier

Objective

The students:
- have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education
- have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
- can turn over theoretical knowledge in working life
- have made versatile contacts with the working life and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

21.08.2024 - 19.09.2024

Timing

20.09.2024 - 31.12.2026

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Groups
  • MAP22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2022 dagstudier

Objective

The students:
- have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education
- have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
- can turn over theoretical knowledge in working life
- have made versatile contacts with the working life and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

01.04.2025 - 30.06.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Anders Ahlbäck
Groups
  • BYL22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2022 dagstudier

Objective

The students:
- have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education
- have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
- can turn over theoretical knowledge in working life
- have made versatile contacts with the working life and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

05.02.2025 - 17.07.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.08.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Construction Management
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Leif Östman
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYS22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2022 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The students:
- have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education
- have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
- can turn over theoretical knowledge in working life
- have made versatile contacts with the working life and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship
Report

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A

Objective

The student:
- is able to handle different types of instrumentation, measurement systems, sensors
- knows the principles of processing of measurement data, measurement uncertainty, disturbances in measurement equipment
- has the practical capability to use measuring equipment for various applications
- is able to plan and design a sensor prototype.

Content

- process industry instrumentation
- measurement systems and sensors
- measurement handling
- measurement uncertainty and disturbances
- use of process measurement equipment
- planning and design of a sensor prototype

Materials

Relevant course literature
Manuals and data sheets for components and instruments

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is acquainted with the principles of measurement systems, sensors, measurement handling, measurement uncertainty and disturbances.
The student is acquainted with process measurement tools and their functions.
The student is with a fair result able to plan and design a sensor prototype, and by means of process measurement tools test and evaluate the prototype.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is very well acquainted with the principles of measurement systems, sensors, measurement handling, measurement uncertainty and disturbances.
The student is acquainted with and can utilize process measurement tools.
The student is with a good result able to plan and design a sensor prototype, and by means of process measurement tools test and evaluate the prototype.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has excellent skills in the principles of measurement systems, sensors, measurement handling, measurement uncertainty and disturbances.
The student has excellent skills in process measurement tools and their functions.
The student is with an excellent result able to plan and design a sensor prototype, and by means of process measurement tools test and evaluate the prototype.

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 30.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- understands and is able to use Software engineering and systems architecture
- is able to program MVC based and EF databases
- understands and is able to use project and resource management: how to use Azure Devops
- understands and is able to use technical infrastructure: how to build a program system that consists of many modules.

Content

The overall course content will be concerned with the following concepts:
• Software engineering and System architecture
• Project Management and Staffing
• Technical facilities

The used techniques are as follows:
• SCRUM
• UP
• TFS, GIT
• C++

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understands what is meant by application development.
Understand what is meant by software development as a project.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Understands how to plan, document and version manage a software project.
Understands how to plan, document and execute a project that also includes non-technical aspects.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can independently and in groups implement, execute documentation according to the selected standard and manage a development project.
Can independently and in group plan and execute a system project.

Qualifications

Every programming course in year 1.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

The student knows Basic Project Management terminology and knowledge areas.
Furthermore the student is familiar with central documents and elements required in
project management, such as a project plan, time schedule, budget and a risk assessment
matrix. The student understands the basic principles of project management.

Content

Basic terminology in PM, PM
Knowledge areas (PMBoK), basics
Documentation for a project

Materials

PMI: A guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge,
ISO SFS standard 21500,
Fundamentals in Project Management, available on ebrary with Novia accesscodes.
Other possible literature recommended by the teacher.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is able, with guidance, to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently and is able apply the learnt knowledge in new contexts.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 17.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-A

Objective

The goal is that the completed course provides an understanding of the principle of feedback control and use of the PID controller and the ability to implement a regulator in practice.

Content

Process models
Control structures
Regulatory
Proportional
Integral
Derivative
Use of regulators
Calculation of control constants
Implementation of a PID controller

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Vaasa

Materials

Course material, literature and laboratory descriptions.

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises and laboratory exercises.

Exam schedules

Autumn 2024

Completion alternatives

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understand the principle of feedback.
Have the knowledge to set PID controllers for common control objects.
Master the most common control structures.
Understand the principles for identifying process models.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Know the most common analysis tools for analyzing feedback systems.
Have the knowledge to implement PID controllers with various tools.
Have the knowledge to implement regulatory structures in practice.
Have the knowledge to perform simpler identification experiments.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Be well versed in systematic analysis of feedback systems.
Master autotuning of PID controllers.
Being able to design and implement advanced control structures.
Have the knowledge to perform more advanced identification.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course assessment is based on:
- the documentation of compulsory laboratory exercises
- assignments to be handed in
- course exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 40% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% - 63% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

64% - 87% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 88% of the course credits.

Qualifications

Modellering och simulering (Modeling and simulation)

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 29.09.2024

Timing

30.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-A

Objective

After passing the course the student is expected to:
Know about protection systems and its use.
Know the principles and connection between protection systems and protection philosophy.
Know the principles and be able to configure relay protection communication.
Be able to build station automation systems.

Content

Protection systems.
Safety philosophy.
Relay protection communication.
Design and function of station automation systems.

Location and time

Weeks 1 - 11

Materials

Various manuals from manufacturers.
Training material from the DEMVE project.

Teaching methods

Hands-on work where the end product is a functional system and a manual that describes how to get a functional system in place.

Exam schedules

Portfolio to be submitted within March 2024.

Completion alternatives

Working system.
Approved portfolio in the form of a manual.

Student workload

A total of 81 hours. Of this, 42 hours in the laboratory (4 hours/week), the rest self-study and portfolio work.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Operating system and a manual that sufficiently shows how to arrive at this system -> approved!
Otherwise, not approved!

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved in the course requires:
A system of working communication between relays and overhead control systems.
That you have produced a manual describing how this working system was configured.

Assessment methods and criteria

During the lesson period, the group should be able to showcase a functioning system.
With the help of the group's own manual one should be able to build this system.
Both are considered approved / not approved.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 23.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- knows about protection systems and its use
- knows the principles and connection between protection systems and protection philosophy
- knows the principles and is able to configure relay protection communication
- is able to build station automation systems.

Content

Protection systems.
Safety philosophy.
Relay protection communication.
Design and function of station automation systems.

Location and time

Weeks 2 - 12

Materials

Various manuals from manufacturers.
Training material from the DEMVE project.

Teaching methods

Hands-on work where the end product is a functional system and a manual that describes how to get a functional system in place.

Exam schedules

Portfolio to be submitted within March 2025.

Student workload

A total of 81 hours. Of this, 42 hours in the laboratory (4 hours/week), the rest self-study and portfolio work.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Operating system and a manual that sufficiently shows how to arrive at this system -> approved!
Otherwise, not approved!

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved in the course requires:
A system of working communication between relays and overhead control systems.
That you have produced a manual describing how this working system was configured.

Assessment methods and criteria

During the lesson period, the group should be able to showcase a functioning system.
With the help of the group's own manual one should be able to build this system.
Both are considered approved / not approved.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 23.03.2025

Timing

24.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

The student:
- is able to draw up different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations
- is able to use different possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs
- knows and is able to use designations for different types of documents
- is able to do calculations and documentation of installations using CAD programs
- is able to plan and document indoor installations and motor drives

Content

Different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
Review of various possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs.
Principles for designating documents.
Calculations and documentation of installations using CAD programs.
Planning and documentation of indoor installations and motor drives.

Materials

Program providers' operating instructions.
Component manufacturers' information material.
Planning guides available on the Internet and in theses.
Degree project on installations and documentation.
Compendiums and comments by the course teacher.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved exercises according to the directives given at the start of the course.

Qualifications

Basic drawing techniques.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 27.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- is able to draw up different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations
- is able to use different possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs such as AutoCAD and CADS
- knows and is able to use designations for different types of documents
- is able to do calculations and documentation of installations using CADS
- is able to plan and document indoor installations and motor drives

Content

Different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
Review of various possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs such as AutoCAD and CADS.
Principles for designating documents.
Calculations and documentation of installations using CADS.
Planning and documentation of indoor installations and motor drives.

Location and time

Classes will be held according to the schedule in Peppi.
Individual students can converse at other times via email with the course leader if needed.

Materials

Program providers' operating instructions.
Component manufacturers' information material.
Planning guides available on the Internet and in theses.
Degree project on installations and documentation.
Compendiums and comments by the course teacher.

Teaching methods

Joint review of basic principles for drawing up electrical drawings in class and using CADS.
Independent exercises at your own pace with supervision as needed for each individual student.
Information on principles for different drawings and diagrams is presented in Moodle.
Information about various functions in CADS is presented by Kymdata and is available to everyone.

Completion alternatives

Approved exercise work according to the directives given at the start of the course and which are in Moodle for the course.

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved exercises according to the directives given at the start of the course.

Qualifications

Basic drawing techniques.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kennet Tallgren
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

The student is able to:
- describe basic commands and functions in AutoCAD
- choose different methods to optimize the accuracy of drawings
- use existing methods to create descriptive and easily edited drawings
- use most drawing commands in AutoCAD
- use the drawing aids available in AutoCAD
- create drawings with different line types and colors
- structure drawings in different layers
- choose method and aids for producing CAD-based drawings
- choose a method for finishing and correcting existing diagrams and drawings

Content

Technology and basic functions for mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
Basic commands and functions to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
Various options for finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved exercises according to instructions given in the course in Moodle and approved exam with control questions.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 16.02.2025

Timing

29.01.2025 - 12.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH24FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student is able to:
- describe basic commands and functions in AutoCAD
- choose different methods to optimize the accuracy of drawings
- use existing methods to create descriptive and easily edited drawings
- use most drawing commands in AutoCAD
- use the drawing aids available in AutoCAD
- create drawings with different line types and colors
- structure drawings in different layers
- choose method and aids for producing CAD-based drawings
- choose a method for finishing and correcting existing diagrams and drawings

Content

Technology and basic functions for mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
Basic commands and functions to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
Various options for finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

Location and time

weeks. 5-7, Wednesdays 15.00-18:00

Materials

Compendiums and info via Moodle for the course.

Teaching methods

Distance education

Exam schedules

Deadline for submission is given during the course

Completion alternatives

Assessment of assignments.

Student workload

3 cr. containing 3 distance sessions as mentioned above.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Passed assignment

Content scheduling

w. 5-7

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved exercises according to instructions given in the course in Moodle and approved exam with control questions.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignment

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ronnie Sundsten
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-K

Objective

The student:
- understands and is able to explain basic operating principles for motors and generators
- understands and is able to calculate induced voltages, effects and torques
- understands and can explain the structure and basic functions of different types of electric motors and generators
- Can describe applications and technical applications for electric motors and generators
- knows about types of operation and peripherals.

Content

Basic operating principles for motors and generators.
Calculation of induced voltages, effects and torque.
Design and basic functions for different types of electric motors and generators.
Applications and technical applications.
Operating modes and peripherals.

Location and time

Lessons in class and laboratory sessions in Technobothnia according to the schedule in Peppi.
Time for submission of laboratory reports and any additional information: within two weeks after the last lessons according to the schedule.

Materials

Compendiums, degree projects and info from transformer manufacturers.
Info and links are available in Moodle for the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

Exam schedules

The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

Completion alternatives

Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

Student workload

A total of 162 hours divided into lessons in class (72 h), laboratory sessions (32 h), self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

Content scheduling

Theory during weeks 1-14, Laboratory work during weeks 10-17.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows basic functions and connections for motors and generators.
Can describe the design and characteristics of direct current machines.
Can describe the basic functions of AC motors and generators.
Can name and explain the principle for different special motors

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can describe the basic functions and make calculations for torque and effects.
Can calculate efficiency and losses at different loads for DC machines.
Can calculate efficiency and losses at different loads for AC machines.
Can describe the operating principles for eg. stepper motors and the limitations of use.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Master the relationship between electrical and mechanical quantities.
Master different control principles for DC machines.
Can calculate and explain the relationships between active and reactive effects and calculate components for phase compensation.
Can describe and compare different types of motors and their advantages and disadvantages for specific applications.

Assessment methods and criteria

The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course test. The course test consists of questions that are answered in writing and calculations. (Max 40 points). The laboratory work and the reports are assessed. (Max 20 points)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 30% of the total points in the test or omitted laboratory reports.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
Grade 2: 40 - 52% of the total points

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 53 - 72% of the total points
Grade 4: 73 - 86% of the total points

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 87 - 100% of the total points

Qualifications

Transformers

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 17.11.2024

Timing

18.11.2024 - 23.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- understands how a service-oriented system is designed
- understands how to program a distributed service-oriented system
- is able to use web and rest technologies to program distributed systems

Content

Programming of distributed systems using REST and SOAP.

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understands what problems arise in distributed systems.
Can create simple solutions based on the REST and / or SOA concept.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can plan modern solutions.
Can program REST / SOA solutions running over the network.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can create, document and plan solutions where the application services are on different nodes
Can create solutions where the services, data management and data storage are distributed across different nodes.

Qualifications

All programming courses in grades 1 and 2.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 26.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-A

Objective

The student:
- knows industrial standard signals (analog / digital).
- knows different types of signal conditioning.
- knows the basics of EMC.

Content

Signal conditioning
Digital inputs and outputs
EMC
PCB design

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the principles of voltage / voltage converters
Knows the principles of digital inputs and outputs in industrial systems
Knows the most common noise suppression components
Can design a simple signal conditioning circuit and verify it with simulation programs

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Knows the principles of voltage / current converters
Understands the construction of digital inputs and outputs
Is familiar with the most common EMC standards
Can plan and design a PCB with a simpler signal conditioning circuit based on given specifications

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can design analog signal conditioning circuits according to given specifications
Can design simpler industrial I / O modules based on given specifications
Can design easier circuits concidering EMC
Can design a PCB regarding to EMC

Qualifications

Analog electronics

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 16.03.2025

Timing

17.03.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Ray Pörn
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • UIT23 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik
Small groups
  • ELA22-I
  • UIT23

Objective

The student:
- understands how to measure, store and handle measurement data
- can perform frequency analysis of different signals och interpret the result
- is able to compute and interpret transfer functions for digital filters
- is able to design and evaluate digital filters with different properties.

Content

- Continuous and digital signals.
- Sampling, quantization and alias effect.
- Storage and distribution of data between different computer systems.
- Digital Signal Processing techniques
- Design and realization of simple digital filters

Materials

Lecture notes, copies and www-references. Materials and course information can be found on Moodle.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understand the basic concepts of signal processing.
Can use computer tools to analyze and create simpler signals.
Understand the function of the components of a measurement system; from physical signal to computer.
Understand the basics of a digital filter.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Manage to interpret model signals.
Be able to analyze signals with the help of computer tools.
Be able to pair measurement sensors with a computer system and make software for analyzing the data.
Managed to create a digital filter.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Be able to implement different model signals.
Can use computer tools to load, generate and manipulate a signal.
Be able to build a complete measurement system and develop necessary software.
Be able to create a digital filter with different design methods.

Qualifications

Mathematics and programming courses according to grades 1-3.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Tom Lillhonga
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S

Objective

The student:
- should know about common basic concepts in statistics and probability theory and master basic calculations
- should know the basics of discrete and continuous distributions and their practical use
- should know the basics of statistical estimations and concepts such as uncertainty and confidence intervals.

Content

Probability theory (combinatorics, independent and dependent events, Bayes theorem)
Distributions (discrete and continuous)
Point and interval estimates and hypothesis testing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

See current implementation

Assessment criteria, good (3)

See current implementation

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

See current implementation

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 10.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-A

Objective

The goal of the course is that after the course the students should be aware of and be able to apply control system standards, understand the meaning of control system configuration, be able to implement basic control system applications, and be able to select components and equipment for control systems.

Content

- programming methods
- the standard series IEC 61131
- structure and functionality of control systems
- variables and data types
- the programming languages of IEC 61131-3
- configuration and programming of control systems according to IEC 61131-3
- implementation of control systems

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Vaasa

Materials

K-H John, M Tiegelkamp. IEC 61131-3: Programming Industrial Automation Systems. Springer.

Teaching methods

- lectures
- exercises
- project work
- individual studies

Exam schedules

Autumn 2024

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

~80 working hours

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Is aware of the standard series IEC 61131.
Is aware of the basic principles of the structure and functionality of control systems.
Is aware of the principles of programming control systems.
Is aware of the principles of selecting control system equipment.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is able to make use of the standard series IEC 61131 for control system application.
Is able to specify control system requirements.
Is able to create programs for basic control system applications.
Is able to select equipment for basic control system applications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Is able to make use of the standard series IEC 61131 for control system configurations.
Is able to plan and configure control systems.
Is able to create programs for more advanced control system applications.
Is able to select equipment for more advanced control system applications.

Assessment methods and criteria

- Competence in the standard IEC 61131
- Competence in the structure and function of control systems
- Competence in programming of control system
- Competence in choice of equipment for control systems

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 40% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40% - 63% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

64% - 87% of the course credits.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 88% of the course credits.

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-Y2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y1
  • ELA24-S1
  • ELA24-Y2
  • ELA24-S2

Objective

The student:
- understands the basics of logic algebra
- understands the structure and functionality of programmable controllers
- manages the basics of PLC programming
- manages basic selection of control equipment

Content

- automation and control technology
- processes and their control
- digital sensors
- logical algebra
- construction and function of control system equipment
- PLC programming
- control system project.

Location and time

28.10.2024 - 20.12.2024

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.
Recommended additional reading:
Haag Bengt, Industriell systemteknik
Bolton W, Programmable Logic Controllers

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises/Project work
Self studies

Exam schedules

The exam is arranged week 47.

Completion alternatives

Written exam and project report

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / exam 14 hours (weeks 36 - 39) and project work in lab 24 hours (weeks 46 - 50).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the relation between logic algebra and programmable controllers
Knows the basic principles
Knows the principles of PLC programming
Knows the principles of control equipment selection

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is able to derive and simplify basic logic functions
Is able to specify the basic requirements for control equipment
Is able to write PLC programs for simple applications
Is able to select control equipment for simple applications

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Is able to derive and simplify complex logic functions
Is able to design and configure basic control equipment
Is able to write PLC programs for demanding applications
Is able to select control equipment for demanding applications

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam (30 % of course grade) and project work (70 %).
For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (maximum three attempts) and approved project work / report (possibility to raise the grade once).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

The student:
- understands the basics of logic algebra
- understands the structure and functionality of programmable controllers
- manages the basics of PLC programming
- manages basic selection of control equipment

Content

- automation and control technology
- processes and their control
- digital sensors
- logical algebra
- construction and function of control system equipment
- PLC programming
- control system project.

Location and time

28.10.2024- 20.12.2024

Materials

Compendium
Supplementary material.
Recommended additional reading:
Haag Bengt, Industriell systemteknik
Bolton W, Programmable Logic Controllers

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises/Project work
Self studies

Exam schedules

The exam is arranged week 47.

Completion alternatives

Written exam and project report

Student workload

A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / exam 14 hours (weeks 36 - 39) and project work in lab 24 hours (weeks 46 - 50).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the relation between logic algebra and programmable controllers
Knows the basic principles
Knows the principles of PLC programming
Knows the principles of control equipment selection

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is able to derive and simplify basic logic functions
Is able to specify the basic requirements for control equipment
Is able to write PLC programs for simple applications
Is able to select control equipment for simple applications

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Is able to derive and simplify complex logic functions
Is able to design and configure basic control equipment
Is able to write PLC programs for demanding applications
Is able to select control equipment for demanding applications

Assessment methods and criteria

Written exam (30 % of course grade) and project work (70 %).
For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (maximum three attempts) and approved project work / report (possibility to raise the grade once).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.04.2025

Timing

09.04.2025 - 23.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hans Lindén
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH24FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student:
- understands the basics of logic algebra
- understands the structure and functionality of programmable controllers
- manages the basics of PLC programming
- manages basic selection of control equipment

Content

- automation and control technology
- processes and their control
- digital sensors
- logical algebra
- construction and function of control system equipment
- PLC programming
- control system project.

Materials

Course compendium
Additional material.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the relation between logic algebra and programmable controllers
Knows the basic principles
Knows the principles of PLC programming
Knows the principles of control equipment selection

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Is able to derive and simplify basic logic functions
Is able to specify the basic requirements for control equipment
Is able to write PLC programs for simple applications
Is able to select control equipment for simple applications

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Is able to derive and simplify complex logic functions
Is able to design and configure basic control equipment
Is able to write PLC programs for demanding applications
Is able to select control equipment for demanding applications

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 26.01.2025

Timing

27.01.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-K

Objective

The student:
- knows about switchgears, measuring transformers and work protection in electrical stations
- knows and is able to calculate short-circuit effects and currents
- knows about the impact of reactive power on the electrical network and how to compensate for it
- knows the control of electrical power.

Content

Switchgear and power stations.
Short-circuit currents and short-circuit power.
Compensation.
Control of electrical power..

Materials

Compendia on Moodle.
Relevant literature, like Elkraftshandboken..

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows different switchgear and general equipment as well as distribution transformers.
Knows how the short-circuit current is propagated.
Knows about the effect of the reactive power on the net.
Knows different control options.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Understands the use of current and voltage transformers and other equipment and work protection.
Can calculate short-circuit current, short-circuit power and earth-current current.
Capable of sizing capacitor battery and choke.
Understands the control principle from the control center.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can design appliances and busbar systems for switchgear and observe work protection when working in switchgear and power stations.
Can calculate short-circuit current and short-circuit power over transformer.
Understands the use of automatic battery and the risk of overcompensation.
Understands the principle of TCP / IP control.

Qualifications

The course Basics in Electrical Engineering, AC.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 23.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 01.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • IT23 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V
    Öppna YH, el-och automationsteknik ledstudier
  • UIT23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S
  • IT23

Objective

The student
- has a good general vocabulary
- masters the central grammar
- understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
- understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
- can orally cope in everyday situations

Content

- Repetition of the central grammar
- School and studies
- Working life
- Environment
- Daily situations

Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Wolffskavägen 33

Materials

Study material and compendium on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- oral and written exercises
- own work, assignments
- shorter lectures
- attendance 80 %

Exam schedules

Exam during last lesson
Retake on general re-examination

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students have done a validation of the course in the beginning of their studies.

Student workload

2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on
- class activity
- assignments
- exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Qualifications

The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Groups
  • MAP23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2023 dagstudier

Objective

The student
- has a good general vocabulary
- masters the central grammar
- understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
- understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
- can orally cope in everyday situations

Content

- Repetition of the central grammar
- School and studies
- Working life
- Environment
- Daily situations

Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Spring 2025, Campus Vaasa

Materials

Study material and compendium on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- oral and written exercises
- own work, assignments
- shorter lectures
- attendance 80 %

Exam schedules

Exam during last lesson
Retake on general re-examination

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students have done a validation of the course in the beginning of their studies.

Student workload

2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on
- class activity
- assignments
- exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Qualifications

The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

10.03.2025 - 26.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Groups
  • PRE23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2023 dagstudier

Objective

The student
- has a good general vocabulary
- masters the central grammar
- understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
- understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
- can orally cope in everyday situations

Content

- Repetition of the central grammar
- School and studies
- Working life
- Environment
- Daily situations

Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Spring 2025, Campus Vaasa

Materials

Study material and compendium on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- oral and written exercises
- own work, assignments
- shorter lectures
- attendance 80 %

Exam schedules

Exam during last lesson
Retake on general re-examination

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students have done a validation of the course in the beginning of their studies.

Student workload

2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on
- class activity
- assignments
- exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Qualifications

The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 16.03.2025

Timing

17.03.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Groups
  • BYL23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2023 dagstudier
  • BYS23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2023 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The student
- has a good general vocabulary
- masters the central grammar
- understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
- understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
- can orally cope in everyday situations

Content

- Repetition of the central grammar
- School and studies
- Working life
- Environment
- Daily situations

Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Spring 2025, Campus Vaasa

Materials

Study material and compendium on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- oral and written exercises
- own work, assignments
- shorter lectures
- attendance 80 %

Exam schedules

Exam during last lesson
Retake on general re-examination

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students have done a validation of the course in the beginning of their studies.

Student workload

2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on
- class activity
- assignments
- exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Qualifications

The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

29.08.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ET24 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ET24
  • ELA21-E

Objective

In this introductory module, students will develop their skill set and knowledge for a range of sustainable solutions and decision-making in engineering, as well as in Life Cycle Assessment in engineering.

Content

Introduction to Sustainable Development
Circular Economy
Sustainable approach
System Analysis
Transitional Solutions
Basics of Life Cycle Assessments theory and practice (SimaPro)
Sustainable Energy Solutions
Other challenges

Location and time

Autumn-Winter 2024 Place: Vaasa Campus
Lectures in class are held in Novia according to the schedule in Peppi/Tuudo.

The time for submission of assessed material and any additional materials is within the lecture lesson schedule - or no later than two weeks after the last lesson.

Materials

Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

Teaching methods

Competence objectives of the study unit
This module familiarises engineers with the principles of sustainability within the global, national and local context.

Areas that will be considered are: Sustainably Development Goals (SDG's), Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Circular Economy, Waste to Energy (Wte) and Lifecycle Analysis (LCA) modelling

Format of delivery
Lectures, presentations, group work, self-study and computer classes and study visit

Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

Student workload

6 ETCS = 162 hours

Contact teaching and computer classes approx ~ 30 hr
Study visit ~4hr
Independent (and group) studying and preparation ~128 hr

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, good (3)

60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

Assessment methods and criteria

To complete the course the following criteria are used for evaluation:

1. Group Presentation
2. Directed study
3. Multichoice exam
4. Video production
5. Reports + calculation


FYI. Grade scale used - modification of EPS

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50% of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-59% (=1) or 60-69% (=2) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-79% (=3) or 80-89% (=4) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100% (=5) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 09.11.2024

Timing

22.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Sem Timmerbacka

Groups
  • BYB24D-V
    Byggmästare (YH), h24, dagstudier, Vasa
  • BYL24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2024 dagstudier
  • BYS24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2024 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
- is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
- can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

Content

- Summary's or other longer writing assignments
- Trade Essay
- Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
- Presentation technique and lectures
- Language care as needed
- Rules for written reports and scientific work
- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

The academic year 2024-2025

Materials

Study material at Moodle. Svenska skrivregler (2017) Myndigheternas skrivregler (2014)

Teaching methods

Lectures, group discussions, writing exercises, reporting and oral presentations. Some tasks are done in pairs.

Employer connections

-

Exam schedules

Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson.

International connections

-

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

81 hours work for 3 credits, of which 30 hours in class and 51 hours work on their own time.

Content scheduling

-

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is evaluated on the basis of assignments, oral and written. For an approved performance, all assignments must be approved, as well as written interrogation. Activity under the course is demanded. The student has shown that he / she has mastered the given writing rules, can compile linguistically correct documents and is able to orally present a given topic to the public.

All submissions should be completed and approved within the current academic year. Late submissions may negatively impact grades

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Does not meet the requirements for the grade 1.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partially stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment.
Written presentation: Responsible written ability demonstrating uncertainty regarding rewrite rules and expressing ice cream.
Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources of a task but the sources erratic and elementary.
Reporting: Ability to prepare a report in which the rules for the standard layout appear to some extent. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable.
Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude.
Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style.
Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task.
Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is
understandable and functioning.
Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given.
Written presentation: Excellent writing ability which shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless written language.
Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources of a task.
Reporting: Excellent ability to produce a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free.
Reference system: Excellent ability to use one or more reference systems and to know in which subject areas it is used.

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 16.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

The student:
- can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
- is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
- can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

Content

- Summary's or other longer writing assignments
- Trade Essay
- Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
- Presentation technique and lectures
- Language care as needed
- Rules for written reports and scientific work
- Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 01.01.2025

Timing

02.01.2025 - 08.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
- is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
- can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

Content

- Summary's or other longer writing assignments
- Trade Essay
- Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
- Presentation technique and lectures
- Language care as needed
- Rules for written reports and scientific work
- Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
- is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
- can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

Content

- Summary's or other longer writing assignments
- Trade Essay
- Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
- Presentation technique and lectures
- Language care as needed
- Rules for written reports and scientific work
- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

The academic year 2024-25

Materials

Study material at Moodle. Svenska skrivregler (2017) Myndigheternas skrivregler (2014)

Teaching methods

Lectures, group discussions, writing exercises, reports and oral presentations. Some tasks are done in pairs.

Employer connections

-

Exam schedules

Online rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson.

International connections

-

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

81 hours work for 3 credits, of which 30 hours in class and 51 hours work on their own time.

Content scheduling

-

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is evaluated on the basis of assignments, oral and written. For an approved performance, all assignments must be approved, as well as written interrogation. Activity under the course is demanded. The student has shown that he / she has mastered the given writing rules, can compile linguistically correct documents and is able to orally present a given topic to the public.

All submissions should be completed and approved within the current academic year. Late submissions may negatively impact grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Does not meet the requirements for the grade 1.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partially stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment.
Written presentation: Responsible written ability demonstrating uncertainty regarding rewrite rules and expressing ice cream.
Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources of a task but the sources erratic and elementary.
Reporting: Ability to prepare a report in which the rules for the standard layout appear to some extent. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable.
Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude.
Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style.
Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task.
Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is
understandable and functioning.
Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given.
Written presentation: Excellent writing ability which shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless written language.
Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources of a task.
Reporting: Excellent ability to produce a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free.
Reference system: Excellent ability to use one or more reference systems and to know in which subject areas it is used.

Qualifications

none

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- can handle larger system units
- knows how to deploy client-server based systems and their software
- knows the tasks of the system administrator
- is able to plan and configure systems that are distributed and consist of application and database servers
- knows the basic principles regarding IT security.

Content

- Protocol mechanisms
- Router and switch units and architecture
- Network Address Translation (NAT) and DHCP / DNS for larger systems
- Virtualization and data security

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows about the system administrator's tasks and understands the basic concepts in the field

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can perform routine system tasks of the system administrator.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can plan and configure systems that are distributed and locally made up of application and database servers.

Qualifications

Network

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 30.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Kaj Wikman
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- understands the difference between standard programming and system-level programming
- is able to implement solutions on both Windows and Linux
- knows data security from a programming perspective.

Content

1. Windows API
2. Linux API
3. Datasecurity
4. Project

Materials

See the current realization of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understand the concepts of system programming and be able to solve simple problems.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Create solutions that take into account the different systems ' specific differences.
Create simple system architectural solutions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Can independently and in group implement solutions that use different systems.
Understand layer-based solutions and be able to implement more-layered solution in project form

Qualifications

All programming courses according to grades.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 23.10.2024

Timing

24.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Hanna Kuusisto
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A
  • ELA22-K
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes.
Students will also broaden their knowledge of common features of academic and technical writing and are able to apply their skills to their future engineering reports.Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

Content

General technical functions, materials and components; technical problems and technical development; linguistic dimension of engineering English; presenting as an engineer; scientific writing and engineering documents.

Location and time

Autumn 2024

Materials

Munkenberg, Eva-Charlott: English for Engineers and Technicians (2015).

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.
The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes. Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

Exam schedules

Final exam

Completion alternatives

Book exam (more information about this will be given at the first meeting)

Student workload

27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
Being able to present an engineering-related phenomenon.
Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

Assessment methods and criteria

Continuous assessment of in-class activity, group work and final exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Lacking attendance, incompleted assignments, failed exam

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English.
Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on a grammatical level.
Being able to present an engineering-related phenomenon.
Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
Being able to describe, assess and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on a grammatical level when creating documents.
Being able to present an engineering-related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Being able to describe, explain, compare, and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on a grammatical level.
Being able to present and critically reflect on engineering-related phenomena and take an active part in discussions and debates
Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

Qualifications

English for Working Life

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 08.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A
  • ELA22-K
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student:
- can report and document within the area of ​​competence.
- is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text.
- can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds.
- knows how to document practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of study.
- master one or more reference systems.

Content

- Information retrieval
- the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects
- reference systems
- evaluation of reports
- rules for written reports and scientific work.

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024

Materials

Exercise assignments and lecture material on Moodle.
Literature:
Backman, J., 2016. Rapporter och uppsatser. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Paulsson, U., 2020. Uppdragsbaserade examensarbeten. Lund. Studentlitteratur.

Teaching methods

Lectures, individual assignments, writing assignments in groups, literature studies, oral presentations.

Employer connections

Guest lecturer during the course.

Exam schedules

Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson. Then on re-examination occasions or other agreement.

Student workload

.81 hours of work for the student during the course divided into 30 hours of work in class and 51 hours of work on their own.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

For approved performance, the following is required:
Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. She has mastered writing and layout rules that distinguish documentation at degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology.
Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have preparedness to present grounded reasoning and grounded conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more
reference.
Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral opposition.
Information retrieval: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. They master writing and layout rules that mark documentation
degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology. Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have the readiness to present well-founded arguments and conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more reference systems. Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral counseling Information search: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence.

Assessment methods and criteria

All submissions should be completed and approved latest within the current academic year.

Qualifications

Swedish for Engineers

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 24.10.2024

Timing

22.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Åsa Fagerudd

Scheduling groups
  • MAP22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP22-D (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP22-B (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2022 dagstudier
Small groups
  • MAP22-K
  • MAP22-D
  • MAP22-B

Objective

The student:
- can report and document within the area of ​​competence.
- is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text.
- can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds.
- knows how to document practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of study.
- master one or more reference systems.

Content

- Information retrieval
- the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects
- reference systems
- evaluation of reports
- rules for written reports and scientific work.

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024

Materials

Exercise assignments and lecture material on Moodle.
Literature:
Backman, J., 2016. Rapporter och uppsatser. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Paulsson, U., 2020. Uppdragsbaserade examensarbeten. Lund. Studentlitteratur.

Teaching methods

Lectures, individual assignments, writing assignments in groups, literature studies, oral presentations.

Employer connections

Guest lecturer during the course.

Exam schedules

Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson. Then on re-examination occasions or other agreement.

Student workload

.81 hours of work for the student during the course divided into 30 hours of work in class and 51 hours of work on their own.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

For approved performance, the following is required:
Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. She has mastered writing and layout rules that distinguish documentation at degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology.
Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have preparedness to present grounded reasoning and grounded conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more
reference.
Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral opposition.
Information retrieval: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. They master writing and layout rules that mark documentation
degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology. Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have the readiness to present well-founded arguments and conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more reference systems. Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral counseling Information search: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence.

Assessment methods and criteria

All submissions should be completed and approved latest within the current academic year.

Qualifications

Swedish for Engineers

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

07.01.2025 - 15.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Åsa Fagerudd

Groups
  • PRE22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2022 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- can report and document within the area of ​​competence.
- is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text.
- can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds.
- knows how to document practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of study.
- master one or more reference systems.

Content

- Information retrieval
- the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects
- reference systems
- evaluation of reports
- rules for written reports and scientific work.

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024

Materials

Exercise assignments and lecture material on Moodle.
Literature:
Backman, J., 2016. Rapporter och uppsatser. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Paulsson, U., 2020. Uppdragsbaserade examensarbeten. Lund. Studentlitteratur.

Teaching methods

Lectures, individual assignments, writing assignments in groups, literature studies, oral presentations.

Employer connections

Guest lecturer during the course.

Exam schedules

Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson. Then on re-examination occasions or other agreement.

Student workload

.81 hours of work for the student during the course divided into 30 hours of work in class and 51 hours of work on their own.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

For approved performance, the following is required:
Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. She has mastered writing and layout rules that distinguish documentation at degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology.
Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have preparedness to present grounded reasoning and grounded conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more
reference.
Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral opposition.
Information retrieval: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. They master writing and layout rules that mark documentation
degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology. Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have the readiness to present well-founded arguments and conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more reference systems. Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral counseling Information search: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence.

Assessment methods and criteria

All submissions should be completed and approved latest within the current academic year.

Qualifications

Swedish for Engineers

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 04.02.2025

Timing

28.01.2025 - 16.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH23FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student:
- can report and document within the area of ​​competence.
- is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text.
- can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds.
- knows how to document practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of study.
- master one or more reference systems.

Content

- Information retrieval
- the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects
- reference systems
- evaluation of reports
- rules for written reports and scientific work.

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024

Materials

Exercise assignments and lecture material on Moodle.
Literature:
Backman, J., 2016. Rapporter och uppsatser. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Paulsson, U., 2020. Uppdragsbaserade examensarbeten. Lund. Studentlitteratur.

Teaching methods

Lectures, individual assignments, writing assignments in groups, literature studies, oral presentations.

Exam schedules

Online rehearsal interrogation after the last lesson.

Student workload

81 hours of work for the student included 9 h in class online.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

For approved performance, the following is required:
Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. She has mastered writing and layout rules that distinguish documentation at degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology.
Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have preparedness to present grounded reasoning and grounded conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more
reference.
Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral opposition.
Information retrieval: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. They master writing and layout rules that mark documentation
degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology. Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have the readiness to present well-founded arguments and conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more reference systems. Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral counseling Information search: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence.

Assessment methods and criteria

All submissions should be completed and approved latest within the current academic year.

Qualifications

Swedish for Engineers

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 21.02.2025

Timing

17.02.2025 - 27.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Åsa Fagerudd
  • Leif Östman
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYS22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2022 Vasa, dagstudier
  • BYL22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2022 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- can report and document within the area of ​​competence.
- is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text.
- can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds.
- knows how to document practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of study.
- master one or more reference systems.

Content

- Information retrieval
- the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects
- reference systems
- evaluation of reports
- rules for written reports and scientific work.

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

Approved/Rejected

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. They master writing and layout rules that mark documentation
degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology. Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have the readiness to present well-founded arguments and conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more reference systems. Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral counseling Information search: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence.

Qualifications

Swedish for Engineers

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 17.11.2024

Timing

11.11.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Philip Hollins
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

The student understands the basic principles of a Thesis project.

Content

Basic terminology

Location and time

Winter 2024. Place: Vaasa Campus
Lectures in class are held in Novia according to the schedule in Peppi/Tuudo.


The time for submission of assessed material and any additional materials is within the lecture lesson schedule - or no later than two weeks after the last lesson.

Materials

Novia guidelines/instruction can be found at: https://novia.libguides.com/c.php?g=265383&p=1774293
Moodle course will provide further links and instruction

Teaching methods

Competence objectives of the study unit
The objective of the course is to prepare students for their upcoming thesis by increasing their awareness of the requirements and equipping them with the tools for successful submission

Content of the study unit
Student writing/presentation/group discussion based on previous thesis examples

Format of delivery
Lectures, presentations and self-study
Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

Student workload

1 ETCS = 27 hours

Contact teaching 6 h
Independent studying and preparation 21 h
Total 27 h

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Both complete/satisfactory submission of all course work and full attendance of class sessions within the allocated time --> Approved.

If neither submission nor attendance is complete/full within the allocated time --> Not Approved

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is able, with guidance, to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently and is able apply the learnt knowledge in new contexts.

Assessment methods and criteria

To complete the course the following criteria are used for evaluation:

1. Submission of directed study work
2. Attendance of in-class sessions
3. Submission of short review report(s)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

None submission of directed study work (Fail)
None attendance of in-class sessions (Fail)
Poor/None submission of two short review reports (Fail)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Full submission of directed study work (Pass)
Full attendance of in-class sessions (Pass)
Excellent/Full submission of two short review reports (Pass)

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 04.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Roger Mäntylä
  • Matts Nickull
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A

Objective

The student is able to:
- plan applications involving both analogue and digital technologies
- define the need for components and technology to create an A/D application
- participate in the creation of interactive microcontroller-controlled applications
- optimize performance with the right component selection
- optimize performance with relevant program structure
- collaborate and communicate in groups
- use, describe and visualize facts from existing data sheets and reference documents
- assess the result of the self-produced solution
- motivate and criticize the choice of technology and methodology
- evaluate the usefulness of group work with shared responsibilities

Content

Analysis
Planning
Design
Reporting

Location and time

w. 2-17 (2025) , W33/TB

Materials

Optional literature in the field.

Teaching methods

Project work

Completion alternatives

Project work and project report.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Has the ability to visualize problems and argue around suggestions for alternative solutions.
Contribute with relevant knowledge and actively participate in the planning work to find a solution to the project.
Participates actively with good knowledge and motivation to achieve a well-functioning project solution.
Contributes actively to the reporting work and recognizes the importance of good documentation and presentation.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Has the ability to visualize problems and argue around suggestions for alternative solutions.
Contribute with relevant knowledge and actively participate in the planning work to find a solution to the project.
Participates actively with good knowledge and motivation to achieve a well-functioning project solution.
Contributes actively to the reporting work and recognizes the importance of good documentation and presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has the ability to distinguish challenging problem details as well as pushing and initiative taking within the group.
Shows active participation and has a great interest in participating in group collaboration to develop a relevant and well-structured plan for the project.
Have the ability to, in an active and positive way, affect group dynamics into a common endeavor to realize the performance towards an optimal solution.
Has the ability to produce well-structured documentation where methodology and critical assessment add value to the reader. Has the ability to "catch" the audience in presentations.

Assessment methods and criteria

Approved project work and project report.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 88.8 % of the total score.

Qualifications

Basics in analog and digital electronics.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 16.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-K

Objective

The student:
- is acquainted with the basic principles of control engineering
- is able to analyse a control system
- has the practical skills required to use and tune a PID controller.

Content

- control engineering and its applications
- components and block schemes
- process characteristics
- process types and step responses
- feedback loop systems
- different control methods
- PID controllers
- tuning PID controllers

Location and time

Vaasa, spring 2025

Materials

Relevant course literature
System manuals

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises and laboratory exercises.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows the most important analysis principles of control engineering, and is able to tune a PID controller for common control objects.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is well acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows well methods to analyse control objects, and is able to implement PID controllers by means of different tools.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to utilize the basic terminology for structuring control engineering problems, is able to use system analysis to solve control engineering problems, is able to recognize the limitations of PID control, and knows alternative control methods.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course assessment is based on:
- the documentation of compulsory laboratory exercises
- assignments to be handed in
- course exam

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 02.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 13.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Joachim Böling
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Groups
  • ET24D-V
    Energy Technology, 2024

Objective

The student:
- is acquainted with the basic principles of control engineering
- is able to analyse a control system
- has the practical skills required to use and tune a PID controller.

Content

- control engineering and its applications
- components and block schemes
- process characteristics
- process types and step responses
- feedback loop systems
- different control methods
- PID controllers
- tuning PID controllers

Location and time

Vaasa, spring 2025

Materials

Relevant course literature
System manuals

Teaching methods

This course runs in English.

Lectures, exercises and laboratory exercises.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student is acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows the most important analysis principles of control engineering, and is able to tune a PID controller for common control objects.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student is well acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows well methods to analyse control objects, and is able to implement PID controllers by means of different tools.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to utilize the basic terminology for structuring control engineering problems, is able to use system analysis to solve control engineering problems, is able to recognize the limitations of PID control, and knows alternative control methods.

Assessment methods and criteria

The course assessment is based on:
- the documentation of compulsory laboratory exercises
- assignments to be handed in
- course exam

Qualifications

No requirements in advance

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 27.10.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 16.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Sem Timmerbacka

Groups
  • BYB24D-V
    Byggmästare (YH), h24, dagstudier, Vasa
  • BYL24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2024 dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 01.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA24-Y (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA24-S (Size: 50. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2024, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA24-Y
  • ELA24-S

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 24.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Kaj Wikman

Groups
  • UIT24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), informationsteknik, 2024

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 22.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Niklas Kallenberg

Scheduling groups
  • Group A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Group B (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PRE24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • Group A
  • Group B

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 01.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
  • Ing-Britt Rögård
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • Grupp 1 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Grupp 2 (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2024 dagstudier
Small groups
  • Grupp 1
  • Grupp 2

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 23.02.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Lina Åberg
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Leif Östman

Groups
  • BYS24D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2024 Vasa, dagstudier

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 17.11.2024

Timing

11.09.2024 - 13.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Jan Berglund
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH24FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student:
- Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
- Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
- Knows about office software and its use
- Knows the software for technical calculation

Content

Novia email, network and service
Your computer and installation of software
Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
Efficient and secure storage and file management
Digital access to documents, reports and theses
Basics in MathCad
Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

- The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
- The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
- The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
- The student can produce simpler diagrams.
- The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

- The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
- The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
- The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
- The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
- The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
- Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
- The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
- The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
- The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
- Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

Qualifications

No prerequisites

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 05.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 16.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Energy Technology
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Henrik Järveläinen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-K

Objective

The student:
- knows and understands the use and need of transformers of various kinds
- is able to understand and explain the basic functions of different types of transformers
- is able to calculate losses, voltage drops and efficiency of transformers
- knows and understands the functions of different peripherals.

Content

Magnetic circuits.
Application of magnetic circuits for different types of transformers.
Basic functions and connections for transformers.
Calculation of losses, voltage drops and efficiency of transformers.
Single-phase transformers
Three-phase transformers
Special transformers
Instrument transformers

Materials

Compendiums of course responsible and info from transformer manufacturers.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Knows the significance of transformers historically and in the present.
Can describe the structure and properties of the transformer in an electrical grid.
Can describe three-phase transformer connections.
Can name and explain the principle for different special transformers.
Can calculate voltage drop in single phase and three phase transformers

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Can describe the function of transformers with physical grounding.
Can calculate voltage drops and losses under load.
Can calculate voltage drop and efficiency at different loads.
Can describe the operating principles for eg. spark-coupled transformers.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Master the relationships between electrical quantities in the operation of transformers.
Master different ways of describing and calculating transformer equivalent schemes.
Can calculate and describe transformer coupling index and turnover for different couplings.
Can describe and calculate important limiting data for current transformers

Qualifications

Electric and magnetic fields.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 01.10.2024

Timing

02.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Anna Korhonen
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA22-A (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2022, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA22-A
  • ELA22-K
  • ELA22-I

Objective

The student
- masters the central vocabulary in the own field
- can deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
- is able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
- understands and is able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own field
- is able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
- can attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
- masters the central grammar orally and in writing

- must demonstrate such knowledge (orally and in writing) in Finnish as required by law (424/2003) by public employees

Content

- Working life and own field
- Entrepreneurship
- Business Communications
- Meeting technology and terminology
- Thesis abstract

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Wolffskavägen 33

Materials

Compendium + other material on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- Language of teaching Finnish
- Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
- Shorter lectures
- Pair and group discussions
- Written exercises and written assignments
- Own work
- Presentation and opposition
- Oral and written exam

Exam schedules

Oral exam during the course.
Written exam during the last lesson.
Retake on general re-examination.

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

Student workload

4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

Further information

Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment on the basis of
- Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
- Written exams/tests
- Written assignments
- Class activity
- Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Qualifications

Suomi

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

28.08.2024 - 18.09.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Matts Nickull

Groups
  • ÖH22FLEXING
    Öppna YH, Flexibelt till Ingenjör

Objective

The student
- masters the central vocabulary in the own field
- can deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
- is able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
- understands and is able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own field
- is able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
- can attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
- masters the central grammar orally and in writing

- must demonstrate such knowledge (orally and in writing) in Finnish as required by law (424/2003) by public employees

Content

- Working life and own field
- Entrepreneurship
- Business Communications
- Meeting technology and terminology
- Thesis abstract

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Qualifications

Suomi

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 05.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Roger Nylund

Groups
  • PRE22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), produktionsekonomi, 2022 dagstudier

Objective

The student
- masters the central vocabulary in the own field
- can deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
- is able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
- understands and is able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own field
- is able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
- can attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
- masters the central grammar orally and in writing

- must demonstrate such knowledge (orally and in writing) in Finnish as required by law (424/2003) by public employees

Content

- Working life and own field
- Entrepreneurship
- Business Communications
- Meeting technology and terminology
- Thesis abstract

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Wolffskavägen 33

Materials

Compendium + other material on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- Language of teaching Finnish
- Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
- Shorter lectures
- Pair and group discussions
- Written exercises and written assignments
- Own work
- Presentation and opposition
- Oral and written exam

Exam schedules

Oral exam during the course.
Written exam during the last lesson.
Retake on general re-examination.

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

Student workload

4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

Further information

Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment on the basis of
- Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
- Written exams/tests
- Written assignments
- Class activity
- Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Qualifications

Suomi

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 01.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Sem Timmerbacka

Groups
  • BYS22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), byggnads- och samhällsteknik, 2022 Vasa, dagstudier
  • BYL22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), lantmäteriteknik, 2022 dagstudier

Objective

The student
- masters the central vocabulary in the own field
- can deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
- is able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
- understands and is able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own field
- is able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
- can attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
- masters the central grammar orally and in writing

- must demonstrate such knowledge (orally and in writing) in Finnish as required by law (424/2003) by public employees

Content

- Working life and own field
- Entrepreneurship
- Business Communications
- Meeting technology and terminology
- Thesis abstract

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Wolffskavägen 33

Materials

Compendium + other material on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- Language of teaching Finnish
- Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
- Shorter lectures
- Pair and group discussions
- Written exercises and written assignments
- Own work
- Presentation and opposition
- Oral and written exam

Exam schedules

Oral exam during the course.
Written exam during the last lesson.
Retake on general re-examination.

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

Student workload

4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

Further information

Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment on the basis of
- Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
- Written exams/tests
- Written assignments
- Class activity
- Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Qualifications

Suomi

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 03.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying)
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Industrial Management
Teachers
  • Emilia Vikfors-Lintala
Teacher in charge

Kaj Rintanen

Scheduling groups
  • MAP22-K (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP22-D (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • MAP22-B (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • MAP22D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), maskin- och produktionsteknik, 2022 dagstudier
Small groups
  • MAP22-K
  • MAP22-D
  • MAP22-B

Objective

The student
- masters the central vocabulary in the own field
- can deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
- is able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
- understands and is able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own field
- is able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
- can attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
- masters the central grammar orally and in writing

- must demonstrate such knowledge (orally and in writing) in Finnish as required by law (424/2003) by public employees

Content

- Working life and own field
- Entrepreneurship
- Business Communications
- Meeting technology and terminology
- Thesis abstract

- Application according to specific education may occur.

Location and time

Autumn 2024, Wolffskavägen 33

Materials

Compendium + other material on Moodle.

Teaching methods

- Language of teaching Finnish
- Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
- Shorter lectures
- Pair and group discussions
- Written exercises and written assignments
- Own work
- Presentation and opposition
- Oral and written exam

Exam schedules

Oral exam during the course.
Written exam during the last lesson.
Retake on general re-examination.

Completion alternatives

Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

Student workload

4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

Further information

Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.

The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).

Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.

All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment on the basis of
- Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
- Written exams/tests
- Written assignments
- Class activity
- Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

Qualifications

Suomi

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 03.11.2024

Timing

04.11.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Sofia Frilund
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA23D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2023, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA23-Y
  • ELA23-S

Objective

The student:
- can describe different systems using vectors and matrices
- can solve matrix equations
- can explain acquired results
- can describe the system states according to the solution

Content

- Calculation rules for vectors and their use in applications
- Matrices and matrix operations
- Linear equation systems (real and complex)
- Overdetermined equation system and the least squares method
- The matrix as a linear transformation
- Introduction to Matlab

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

Understands and can perform basic vector operations
Understands and can perform basic matrix operations

Assessment criteria, good (3)

Understands the use and meaning of vectors
Can perform vector and matrix operations and use them in practical applications

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Have a good understanding of vectors and matrices and their use in technical contexts.
Understands and can perform more advanced matrix operations, both by hand with tools.

Qualifications

No prerequisites.

Enrollment

15.06.2024 - 22.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
Teachers
  • Susanne Österholm
Teacher in charge

Ronnie Sundsten

Scheduling groups
  • ELA21-I (Size: 40. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ELA21D-V
    Ingenjör (YH), el- och automationsteknik, 2021, dagstudier
Small groups
  • ELA21-I

Objective

The student can create a web application with:
- Front-end programming
- Back-end programming
- A framework

Content

Front-End Technologies
- HTML, CSS, JavaScript.
- JavaScript objects and jQuery
- Bootstrap, LESS / SASS.
Back-End Technologies
- node.js or PHP or equiv.
- Database management with MySQL, PDO etc.
Ajax.
XML and JSON.
Web services and REST.
The design champion MVC.
Observers, routing etc.
Front-End Frameworks and Back-End Frameworks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1)

The student understands the difference between Front End and Back End programming of web applications.
The student can create simple web applications with front-end techniques.
The student can create simple web applications with back-end techniques that read and write databases.
The student understands the principle of using front-end and back-end frameworks.

Assessment criteria, good (3)

The student can create more advanced web applications with front-end techniques.
The student can also use simpler code libraries.
The student can create object-oriented web applications that integrate front-end and back-one techniques, which read and write databases and other data layers.
The student is can basically use a framework.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can program web applications with front-end techniques where the code follows a design pattern.
The student can program web applications with back-end technology where the code follows a design pattern.
The student can create web applications with a framework.

Qualifications

The courses Internet Technology and Database Technology.

Enrollment

07.08.2025 - 30.09.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.07.2026

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

Campus

Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

Teaching languages
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering
  • Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation
  • Degree Programme in Land Surveying
  • Degree Programme in Information Technology
Teachers
  • Niklas Kallenberg

Objective

The students:
-have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
-have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
-realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
-have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

Content

Actively applied for internship
Made contact to companies
Work at the internship place
Report

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved internship report and certificate of completed internship period.

Qualifications

The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.